Nokia 6103 User Manual
Nokia 6 1 03 User Guide 9245707 Issue 1
DECLARATIO N OF CONFORMITY We, NO KIA CO RPO RAT ION d ecl are unde r ou r so le res ponsi bil ity tha t th e produc t RM-161 is i n co nformit y with the p rov ision s of the fo llow ing Co uncil Dir ective: 199 9/5/ EC. A c op y of the De cla rat ion o f C onf orm ity can be fo un d fr om ht tp:/ /w ww. n okia .com / phon es/ de cl arat ion _of_ co n formi ty/ . The c rossed- out whee l ed bin mean s that within the E urop ean Union the pr oduct mu st be tak en to separate collection at the product end-of life . This applies to your device but also to any enhancements ma rked with this symbol. Do not dispose of these products as unso rted muni cipal was te. Copy rig ht é 2006 Noki a. All righ ts rese rve d. Reprodu ction, tra nsf er, d istrib ution or stor age of part or all o f the cont ent s in th is docume nt in any form without the prior written permission of Nokia is prohibited. Nokia, Nokia Connecting People, Xpress-on and Pop-Por t are trademarks or registered trademarks of Nokia Cor porat ion . Other pr oduct a nd com pany name s men tio ned he rein may be trademar ks or tra denam es of th eir re spect ive own ers. Nokia tune is a sound mark of Nokia Corporation. US Patent No 5818437 and oth er pend ing pat ents . T9 text in put softw are Copy righ t (C) 19 97-200 6. Tegi c Comm unications, Inc. All rights reserved. Inclu des RS A BS AFE c rypto gra phic or securi ty pro toco l softw are fr om R SA Se curi ty.
Java is a trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc. Nokia oper ates a po licy of conti nuo u s de vel opmen t. N okia rese rves the rig h t to make chan ges and impro vements t o any of the prod ucts de scri bed in t his docume nt wi thout pr ior noti ce. Th is Nokia device comp lies w ith Dire ctive 2 002/9 5/EC on the r estricti on of the use o f certai n haza rdous substa nces in electri cal and electroni c equipm ent. Un der n o circ umst ance s sh all N oki a be r espo nsibl e for a ny l oss o f da ta or inco me or any speci al, inci den tal, c onseque n ti al or indirec t damages h owsoever c aused. T h e c o n t e nt s o f t h i s d o c u m e n t a r e p r o v i d e d " a s i s " . E x c e p t a s r e q u i r e d b y a pp l i c a b l e l a w , n o w a r r a n t ie s o f an y kin d, e ithe r exp res s or i mp lied , inc ludi ng, but not li mi ted to, th e im plie d w arran tie s of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose , are made in relation to the accuracy, reliability or contents of this document. Nokia reserves the right to revise this document or withdraw it at any time without prior notice. The av aila bili ty of par ticular product s may va ry by regi on. Ple ase check w it h the Noki a dea ler ne are s t t o you. This devi ce may c ontain com moditie s, te chn ology or sof twa re sub ject to ex port laws and re gul atio n s f rom the U S and ot her co untries . Div ersio n con trary to la w is p rohibit ed. 9245 707/i ssu e 1
4 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Contents For your safety ..................................................... ................................................ 9 General information ............................................. ............................................. 13 Overvie w of functions ....................... ................................. ................ ................................ ................ ..... 13 Acce ss codes ........................ ................................ ................. ................................ .......... ...... ..................... 14 Confi guration s ettings s ervice ........................ ................. ................................ ........................ ............. 15 Dow nload co ntent a nd appl ications .............................. ................ ................................ ................ ..... 16 Nokia sup port on the Web ............... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..... 16 1. Get started .......................... .............................. ............................................. 17 Open th e fold ....... ................................ ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..... 17 Instal l the SIM card and the battery............. ................................. ................ ............................. ........ 17 Charge the battery ............................. ................ ................................. ................ ............... . ..................... 19 Switc h the phone on and off .......................... ................................. ................................ ......... ....... ..... 19 Norm al operating posit ion ............... ................................. ................................ ................ ................ ..... 20 Wris t strap ............ ................................ ................ ................................. ....................... ......... ................ ..... 20 2. Your phone.......................... ............................................................ ............... 21 Keys and parts ..................... ................ ................................. ................................ ........... ..... ................ ..... 21 Stand by mode ...................... ................................ ................. ................................ ............ .... ..................... 22 Keyp ad lock (keyguard) ..................... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..... 26 3. Call funct ions ..................... ............................................................ ............... 27 Make a call ........................... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..................... 27 Answe r or rej ect a call ...................... ................ ................................. ................................ . ............... ..... 28 Opti ons during a call ......................... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..... 28
5 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 4. Write text .......................................................... .............................. ............... 30 Settings ................................. ................ ................................. ................................ ..... ........... ................ ..... 30 Predi ctive text input .......................... ................................. ................ ............................... . ..................... 30 Traditi onal te xt input ........ ................................ ................. ................................ ................ ..................... 31 5. Navigate the menus ....................................................................... ............... 32 6. Messages ........................................................... ............................................. 33 Text m essages (SMS) ......... ................................ ................................. ................ .................. .............. ..... 33 Mult imedia me ssages ...... ................................ ................................. ................ .................... ............ ..... 36 Memo ry full .......................... ................ ................................. ................................ ......... ....... ..................... 39 Folde rs.................................... ................................ ................. ................................ ... ............. ..................... 39 Flash mes sages .................... ................................ ................................. ................ ................................ ..... 40 Nokia Xpre ss audio messagi ng ....... ................ ................................. ................ ................................ ..... 41 Instant messa ging .............. ................................ ................................. ................ ............... ................. ..... 42 E-ma il application .............. ................................ ................................. ................ ................................ ..... 48 Voic e messages ................... ................................ ................. ................................ ................ ..................... 51 Info m essages ...................... ................ ................................. ................................ ........... ..................... ..... 51 Service command s.............................. ................ ................................. ................................ ..................... 52 Delete messag es.................. ................ ................................. ................................ ............. ... ..................... 52 Me ssage settings ................................ ................................. ................ .............................. .. ............... ...... 52 Me ssage counter. ................ ................................ ................................. ................ .............. .. ..................... 55 7. Contacts ............................................................ ............................................. 56 Search for a conta ct .......... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..................... 56 Save name s and phone numb ers ................... ................................. ................ ................................ ..... 56 Save num bers, items, or an image . ................................. ................ ................................ ................ ..... 56 Copy contacts ...................... ................................ ................. ................................ ........... ..... ..................... 57 Edit co ntact d etails ............ ................................ ................................. ................ .............. .................. ..... 58 Delete contacts or contact detai ls ................ ................................. ................ ............................ ......... 58
6 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Busi ness cards ..................... ................................ ................. ................................ ................ ..................... 58 My p resence ......... ................ ................................ ................................. ................ .......... ...................... ..... 59 Subs cribed n ames ............... ................................ ................................. ................ ............... . ..................... 60 Settings . ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ..................... ........................... ..... 62 Group s.................... ................................ ................ ................................. .................... ............ ................ ..... 62 Voic e dialing ........ ................................ ................ ................................. ......................... ....................... ..... 62 Spee d dials............................ ................................ ................. ................................ ....... ......... ..................... 64 Info, s ervice, a nd m y numbe rs ........................ ................. ................................ ......................... ............ 64 8. Call register ......................... ............................................................ ............... 65 Rece nt calls lists . ................................ ................ ................................. ........................... ..................... ..... 65 Count ers and timers .......... ................................ ................................. ................ ................................ ..... 65 9. Se ttings ............................................................ .............................. ............... 66 Profil es ... ................................ ................................ ................. ................................ ... ............. ..................... 66 Themes ... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ..................... ........... ................ ..... 66 Tones ...................... ................................ ................ ................................. ................... ............................. ..... 67 My s hortcuts ........ ................ ................................ ................................. ................ .......... ...................... ..... 67 Main disp lay ......................... ................................ ................. ................................ ......... ....... ..................... 68 Mini disp lay .......... ................................ ................................. ................ ........................ ........................ ..... 69 Time a nd da te ...................... ................ ................................. ................................ ........... ..... ................ ..... 69 Call .......... ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ................ ................ ................ ..... 70 Phon e ..................... ................ ................................ ................................. ................ .... ............ ..................... 71 Conne ctivity ......................... ................................ ................. ................................ ......... ....................... ..... 72 Enhanc ements ..... ................................ ................ ................................. ............................. ... ................ ..... 76 Confi guration....... ................................ ................ ................................. .......................... ...................... ..... 77 Secu rity.................. ................................ ................ ................................. .................... ................................. 78 Resto re factory settings.... ................................ ................................. ................ .................. .............. ..... 79 10. O perator menu ................. ............................................................ ............... 80
7 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 11. G allery .............................. .............................. ............................................. 81 12. Media .. ............................................................ ............................................. 82 Came ra................................... ................................ ................. ................................ ..... ........... ..................... 82 Radio ...................... ................................ ................ ................................. ................ ... ............................. ..... 83 Record er ................................ ................ ................................. ................................ ...... ......... ................. ..... 85 13. O rganiser .......................... ............................................................ ............... 86 Alarm clo ck........................... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..................... 86 Calen dar ................................ ................ ................................. ................................ ...... ......... ................. ..... 87 To-do list ............................... ................ ................................. ................................ ..... ........... ..................... 88 Not es ...... ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ................... ............. ................ ..... 88 Synchron izati on .................. ................ ................................. ................................ ............. ... ..................... 89 Calc ulator ............. ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ....... ......... ..................... 91 Stopw atch............. ................................ ................................. ................ ........................ ........ ................ ..... 92 Count down timer................ ................ ................................. ................................ ............... . ............... ...... 92 14. A pplications ..................... .............................. ............................................. 94 Games .................... ................................ ................ ................................. ..................... ........................... ..... 94 Collec tion .............. ................................ ................ ................................. ...................... .......................... ..... 95 15. Pus h to talk .................................................... .............................. ............... 97 Push to talk menu .............. ................................ ................................. ................ ............... ................. ..... 98 Conne ct to PTT .................... ................................ ................. ................................ ............ .... ..................... 98 Make and rec eive a P TT cal l ............................ ................................. ................ ....................... ......... ..... 99 Callb ack requests ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ............. .................. ... 101 Add a one -to-one contact ............................... ................. ................................ ....................... ........... 103 Crea te and set up groups . ................................ ................. ................................ ................................ .. 103 PTT s ettings .......... ................................ ................................. ................ ........................ ........................ .. 106 16. W eb ................................... .............................. ........................................... 107
8 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Set up bro wsing .................. ................ ................................. ................................ ................ .................. 107 Conne ct to a service .......... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ .................. 107 Brows e pages ....................... ................................ ................. ................................ ................ .................. 108 Appe arance s ettings .......................... ................ ................................. ................................ . ............... .. 110 Cook ies .. ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ..................... ............................. 111 Script s over secure connectio n....................... ................................. ................ ......................... ....... .. 111 Book marks ............ ................ ................................ ................. ................................ ......... ....................... .. 111 Downl oad file s..... ................................ ................................. ................ ........................... ..... ................ .. 112 Service inbox........ ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ......... ....................... .. 112 Cache memory ..... ................................ ................................. ................ ............................. ... .................. 114 Positi oning inform ation .................... ................................. ................................ ................ ... ............... 114 Brows er security . ................................ ................................. ................ ............................. ... ................ .. 114 17. SIM services ..................... .............................. ........................................... 118 18. PC connectivity .............................................. .............................. ............. 119 PC S uite . ................................ ................ ................................. ................................ ..... ........... .................. 119 Packet data, HS CSD, and CS D ......................... ................................. ................ .......................... ...... .. 119 Data c omm unication applicat ions. ................................. ................ ................................ .............. .... 120 19. Bat tery information ....................................... ........................................... 121 Chargi ng and disch arging ................ ................................. ................ ................................ ...... .......... .. 121 Nokia battery authent ication g uidelines ..... ................................. ................ ................................ .. 122 Care and maintenance ........... ............................................................ ............. 125 Additional safety information ............................. ........................................... 127 Index ........................................ .............................. ........................................... 132
9 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. For yo ur safe ty Read thes e simple guid elin es. Not fo llowing th em may be dang erous or il legal. Read the complete use r guide for further informat ion. SWI TCH ON S AFELY Do no t sw itch the phon e on w hen w irel ess phon e use is p rohibit ed o r when it may cause inte rference or danger . ROAD SAFETY COMES FIRS T Obey all l o cal la ws. Always keep your hands f ree to opera te the vehicle whi le driving . Your fir st conside ration whil e d rivin g should be road safet y. INTER FEREN CE All wireless phones may be susceptible to interference, which could affect performance. SWITCH OFF IN HO SPITA LS Follow any restr ictions. Sw itch the phone off nea r medi cal equi pment . SWITCH OFF IN AIRC RAFT Follow any restrictions. Wireless devices can cause interference in aircraft. SWITCH OFF W H EN REFUELLING Do not us e the phone at a refu elling p oint. Do no t u se near f uel or chemicals . SWITCH OFF NEAR BL ASTI NG Follow a ny restri ctions. D o not use the p hone where blastin g is in prog ress.
10 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. USE SEN SI BLY Use only in the no rmal posi tion a s expl ained in t he pro duct do cume ntati on. Do not touc h the a ntenna unne cessaril y. QUALIF IED SE RVICE Only qual ified pers o nnel ma y install or repair this product. ENHA NCEM ENTS AN D BA TTERIE S Use onl y appro ved enha ncement s and b atteries. Do not conne ct incom patible products. WATER-RESIS TANCE Your phone is not water-resi stant. Keep it dry. BACK-UP COPIES Remember to make back-up cop i es or kee p a written re cord of all impo rta nt information stored i n your phone. CONNECTIN G TO OTHER DEVICES When connecti ng to any other device, read its user guid e fo r detaile d safety instru ctions. Do not connect incompa tible products. EMER GENC Y CALL S Ensu re t he p hone is switc hed on a nd in ser vice. Pr ess the end k ey as ma ny t imes as need ed to cle ar the dis p lay an d retur n to the s tart scr een. En ter the emerge ncy number, then pres s the call key. Give your locati on. Do not end the call unt il given p ermission to do so.
11 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Abou t you r dev ice Th e wire less de vic e desc ribe d in this gui de is appr oved for us e on the EGSM 9 00 an d GSM 1800 and 1900 networks. C ontact y our service pro vider for mo re informati on about ne two rks . Wh en usi ng t he fe ature s in this de vic e, obe y all l aws an d resp ect th e p rivac y an d legi tima te righ ts of o thers . Warn ing: To u se any featu res in th is device, other t han the al arm clock , the device must be swi tched on. Do not switc h the devi ce o n when wirel es s device us e ma y cause inter ference or da nger. â Networ k servic es To use the phone yo u must have service f rom a wireles s service p rovid er. Many of the feat ures in this device d epend on features in the wi reless network to funct ion. The se network services may not be available on all networks o r you may have to make s pecific arrangements w ith your service p rovider before you can utilize network se rvices. You r se rvice prov ider may n eed to giv e you ad dition al i nstruc tions for their use an d expl ain w hat charges will apply. Some networks ma y have limita tions that affect how you can use netw ork servic es. For in stance, some netwo rks ma y not supp ort a ll langua ge-dep endent characters and services. Your ser vice pr ovid er m ay h ave re queste d th at ce rtain f eatur es be dis abled or no t act ivate d in your device. I f so, they wil l not appear on your de vice menu. Your d evice may also have been specially co nfigured for your network pr ovider. This configurat io n may inclu de changes in menu names, men u order a n d icons. Co ntact you r service pro vider f or more informatio n. This devi ce sup ports WA P 2.0 pro toc ols (H TTP and SS L) tha t run o n TCP /IP prot oc ols. S ome feature s of this device , such as te xt message s, multi media mess ages, au dio message s, instant mes s aging service, flash mes sages, e- mail, p resence enhanced contacts , mobile
12 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Inter net servi ces, co nten t and appl icatio n dow nlo ad, and s ync hron iza tio n with a rem o te Internet server, require net w ork support for these t e chnologies. â Sha red memor y The phone has tw o memorie s. The follo w ing feat ures may share the first me mo ry: conta cts, text messag es, mul timedia messages (withou t a ttachmen ts), instant me ssaging , groups , voice commands, cal e ndar, and to-do note s. The second share d memory is used by fi les stor ed in Gallery , attach ments of multimedia mess ages, e- mail, a n d Java TM appl icati ons . Use of one or mor e of these fea tures may reduce th e memory ava ilabl e for the rem a ining feature s sharing memory. For exa mple, savin g many Java ap plicati ons may use all o f the available memory. Your device may displ ay a message that the memory is fu ll when you try to use a shar ed memory fe ature. I n this case, delet e some of the informa tion or entr ies store d in the s hared me mory features before cont inuing. So me of t he features, such as text messages, may have a certa in amount of memo ry specially allotte d to them in ad dition to the memory s hared with other feat ures. â Enh anc em en ts A f ew p ra cti ca l r u les ab ou t a c ces so rie s and e nh an ce men ts ar e a s fo llo ws : ⢠Kee p al l acce ssor ies a nd enh ance ment s out of the rea ch of sma ll chil dren. ⢠When you disconne ct the power cord of any acces sory or enha ncement, grasp and pull the plug, not the co rd. ⢠Che ck regu larl y that e nha ncem ents install ed in a v ehic le are mo unted a n d are opera ting pro pe rly . ⢠Ins tallatio n of an y compl ex car enha ncement s must be made by qualifi ed person nel on ly.
13 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Gene ral information â Ov ervie w o f fun cti ons Your phone pr ovides many functions that are practical fo r daily use, such as a calendar, a clock, an alarm cloc k, a r adio, and a built-in camera. Your phone also supports the f ollowing functions: ⢠Enhanced da ta rates for GSM evolution (ED GE), see âÂÂPa cket da ta ( EGPR S) ,â p. 75 ⢠Extensible hypertext mar kup language (XHTML), se e âÂÂWeb,â p. 107 ⢠Audio messaging, see â Nokia Xpres s audio messaging,â p. 41 ⢠Instant messaging, see âÂÂIns tant messaging, â p. 42 ⢠E-mail a pplication, see âÂÂE-ma il application,â p. 48 ⢠Bluetooth t echnology, see âÂÂBluetooth wirele ss technology,â p. 72 ⢠Push to t alk, see âÂÂPush to talk,â p. 97 ⢠Presence- enhanced contacts, see âÂÂMy presence,â p. 59 ⢠Java 2 Plat form, Micro Edition (J 2ME TM ), see âÂÂApplications, â p. 94
14 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Acc ess c odes Security code The secur ity code (5 t o 10 digits) helps to protect your phone against unauthorized use. The preset code is 12345. To change the code, and t o set th e phone t o request the code, see âÂÂSec urity,â p. 78 . PIN co des The pers onal identification number (PIN) code and the unive rsal personal identification numbe r (UPIN) code (4 to 8 digits) help to protect your SIM card against unauthorized us e. See âÂÂSecurity,â p. 78 . The PIN2 code (4 to 8 digits) may be supplied with the SIM card and is required for some functions . The module PIN is r equired to access the information in t h e security module. See âÂÂSecurity mod ule,â p. 115 . The s igning PIN is required for the digit al signature. See âÂÂDigital signature,â p. 117 . PUK c ode s The pers onal unblocking ke y (PUK) code and the univ ersal personal unbloc king key (UPUK) code (8 digits) is required to cha nge a blocked PIN code and UPIN code, respecti vely. The PUK2 code (8 digits) is required to change a blocked PIN2 code. If
15 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. the codes are not supplied wi th the SIM card, contac t your local service provider for the codes . Ba rring pas sword The barring password (4 digits) is required when using the Call barring ser vice . See âÂÂSec uri ty, â p. 78 . â Con figu ratio n set tings serv ice To use some of the network services, such as mobile Internet services, MMS, Nokia Xpress audio mes saging, or remot e Internet server s ynchronization, your phone needs the correct conf iguration settings. You may be able to receiv e the settings directly as a configuration message . After receiving the settings you need to save them on your phone. The service provider may provide a PIN that is needed to save the settings. For mor e information on ava ilability, co ntact your servi ce provider, nearest aut horized Nokia dealer, or v isit the s upport are a on the Nokia Web site, <www.nokia. com/support>. When you have receiv ed a conf iguration message Configuration sett. received is displaye d. To save the se tt ings, selec t Show > Save . If the phone r equests Enter settings' PIN: , enter the PIN code for t he settings, and select OK . To receive t he PIN code , contact the service provider that supplies the settings. If no set tings are saved yet, these s ettings are s aved and s et as default configuration setti ngs. Otherwise, the phone as ks A c tivate saved conf iguration settings? .
16 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. To dis card the r eceived s ettings, select Exit or Show > Discard . To edit t he settings , see âÂÂConfiguration,â p. 77 . â Download c ontent and ap pli cations You may be able t o download new content (for example, themes) to the phone (network service). Select the download function ( for example, in the Gallery menu). To acce ss the download function, see t he respective menu descriptions. For the availability of different services , pricing, and t ariffs, c ontact your se rvice provider. Important: Use only services that you trus t and that offer adequate se curity and protection against harmful software. â Nok ia suppo rt on th e Web Check <www .nokia.com/suppor t> or your local Nokia Web site for the latest version of this guide, addit ional information, downloads , and servic es related to your Nokia product.
17 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 1. Get sta rted â Open the fold When you open the fold of the phone, it opens up to approximately 155 de grees. Do not try to force the fold open more. â Inst all th e SIM car d and t he ba tter y Always switch the device off and disconnect the ch arger before removing the b attery. Keep all SIM card s out of the re ach of small children . For availa bility and informat ion on using SIM card services, contact your SIM card vend or. This may be the service prov ider, netw ork op er ator, or other vend or. This device is inte nded for use with BL-4C battery. The SIM c ard and its cont acts can easily be damaged by scratches or bending, so be caref ul when handling, inserting, or removi ng the card.
18 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. To remove the back cover of the phone pres s the r elease button (1), and slide the back cover to remove it fr om the phone (2). Remove th e battery as shown(3). Re lease the SIM card holder (4). Insert the SIM card (5). Ma ke sure that the SIM card is pr operly inserted, and that t he golden contact area on the card is facing downwards. Close the SIM card holder (6) and press it until it snaps into pos ition. Repl ace the battery (7). Observe t he battery c ontacts. Alway s use original Nokia batteries . See â Nokia battery authenticat ion guidelines,â p. 122 . Slide t he back co ver into it s place (8, 9).
19 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Char ge t he battery Warn ing: Use on ly b atteri es, chargers, an d enha ncements approved b y Nokia for use with this particula r model. The use of any other typ e s may inval idate any appro val or wa rranty, and may b e da ngerous . Check the model number of a ny charger before use wit h this device. This device is in tended for use when supplied w ith power from a n AC-3, AC -4, and DC-4 charger, and fro m AC-1, AC P-7 , ACP -12 , an d L CH- 12 char ge r whe n used w i th t he c harg er adap ter CA -44. For availabili ty o f approved enh ancements , please check wit h your dealer. 1. Connect the charger to a wall socket. 2. Connect the lead from the c harger to the socket on the bottom of your phone. If the battery i s completely dis charged, it may take a few minut es before the charging indicator a ppears on the display or befor e any calls ca n be mad e. The c harging time depends on the charger and the ba ttery used. F or example , charging a BL -4C battery with t he AC-3 charger takes approximately 2 hour s and 12 minutes while the phone is in the standby mode . â Swi tch t he p hon e on and off War ning : Do not switch the pho ne o n whe n wireless phone use is prohib ited or when it may cause inte rference or danger . Press and hold the power key. See âÂÂKeys and parts,â p. 21 . If t he phone asks for a PIN or a UP IN cod e, enter the code (di splay ed as **** ), and se lec t OK .
20 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Plug an d play serv ice When you switch on your phone for the first time, a nd the phone is in the standby mode, you are asked to get t he configuration settings from your service provider (network service). Confirm or decline the quer y. See " Connect t o service provider support ," p. 77 , and âÂÂConfiguration settings service,â p. 15 . â Normal operati ng position Use the ph one o nly in its norma l op eratin g posi tion . You r dev ice h as an ext e rna l ant e nna . As with any o ther ra dio tr ansmi tting device, do not t ouch the antenn a unneces s arily w hen the devi ce is switched on. Contact with the antenna a ffects call qual ity a nd may cause the device to operate a t a higher power level than otherwis e needed . Avoid ing contact with the ante nna a rea wh en op eratin g the devic e opti mizes the antenna performance a nd the battery life. â Wris t strap Remove the back cover and the battery. Insert the strap as shown in the pict ure. Replace t he battery and the back c over.
21 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 2. Y our p hone â Keys and pa rts ⢠Earpiece (1) ⢠Main display (2) ⢠Lef t selection key (3) ⢠Middle sel ection key (4) ⢠Right select ion key (5) ⢠Volume key (6) ⢠4-way navigation ke y (7) ⢠Call key (8) ⢠Push to talk (PTT) and camera rel ease key (9) ⢠Infrared (IR) po rt (10) ⢠End and pow er key (11) ⢠Charger connector (12) ⢠Pop-Port TM connector (13) ⢠Microphone (14)
22 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. ⢠Loudspeaker (15) ⢠Camera lens (16) ⢠Mini display (17) Warning: The side keys (6) and (9) and the ant enna cap of this device may contain nickel. The se parts are not designed for prolonged conta ct with the skin. Continuous exposure t o nickel on the skin may le ad to a nickel aller gy. â Sta ndby mode When the phone is r eady for use, and you have not e ntered any c haracters, the phone is in the standby mode. Mini disp lay When the fold is closed, the mini display may show t he following: ⢠The signal s trength of th e cellular networ k at your current location and the batter y charge leve l
23 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. ⢠The name of the networ k, or if the phone is not in service, it is indicated by a text not e ⢠The time, the active profile, and the alarm clock or calendar note alerts When you have an inc oming call, t he callerâÂÂs name or number is shown if it is identified. Main dis play In the standby mode the main display may show t h e following: ⢠Name of the network or the operator logo (1) ⢠Signal st rength of t he cellular net work at y our current loc ation (2) ⢠Batter y charge level (3) ⢠Function of the left selection ke y is Go to (4). ⢠Function of the middle selection key is Menu (5) ⢠Function of the right sel ection key is Names (6) or another sh ortcut to a func tion that you selec ted. See âÂÂM y sho rtcut s,â p. 67 . Operator var iants may have an operator-s pecific na me to a ccess an oper ator-specific W eb site.
24 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Person al sho rtcut list The left selection k ey is Go to . To vie w the functions in the pers onal shortcut lis t, select Go t o . To acti vate a function selec t it. To view a lis t with available functions, sele ct Go to > Options > Select options . To add a function to the shortcut l ist, select Mar k . To remove a function f rom the li st, sel ect Unmark . To rearr ange the functions on your pe rsonal shortcut list, se lect Go to > Options > O r ganise . Select the desire d function, Move , and the place where you want to move the f unction. Sh ortc uts in the st andb y m ode ⢠To ac cess the lis t of dialed numbers, press the call key once. Scroll to t he number or name that you want; to call the number, press the call key. ⢠To open the web browser, press and hold 0 . ⢠To ca ll your voice ma ilbox, pres s and hold 1 . ⢠Use t he navigation key as a s hortcut. Se e âÂÂMy sho rt cut s,â p. 67 .
25 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Power s aving A digital clock v iew overw rites the display when no function of the phone has been used for a cer tain period of time. To activa te the pow er saver , see Pow e r s a v e r in âÂÂMain dis play,â p. 68 , and âÂÂMini display,â p. 69 . To deac tivate the power s a ver, open t he fold, or press any k ey. Indicators You received one or se veral text or picture messages. See âÂÂRead and reply to a SMS message,â p. 34 . You received one or sever al multimedia messages. See âÂÂRead and reply to a multimedia message,â p. 38 . The phone registered a missed call. See âÂÂCall register,â p. 65 . The keypad is locked. See âÂÂKeypad lock (ke yguard),â p. 26 . The phone does not ring for an incoming ca ll or text mes sage when Incoming call alert and Message alert tone are set to Off . See âÂÂTones,â p. 67 . The alarm cloc k is s et to On . See âÂÂAlarm cloc k,â p. 86 . When the packet data connection mode Alway s online is selected and the packet dat a service i s available, the indicator is shown. See âÂÂPacke t data (EGPRS),â p. 75 .
26 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. A packet dat a connection is established. See âÂÂPack et da ta (EGPRS ),â p. 75 and âÂÂBr owse pages,â p. 108 . The pack et data c onnection is s uspended (on hold), for ex ample, if there is an incoming or out going call during a pa cket data dial-up connect ion. When the infr ared connection is activated, the indic ator is shown continuously. Bluetooth connection indicator. See âÂÂBluetooth wireless t echnology,â , p. 72 . â Key pad l ock (key g uard ) To preve nt the keys fr om being accident ally press ed, select Menu , and press * within 3.5 seconds to lock the keypad. To unlock the ke ypad, se lect Unlock , and press * . If the Security keygu ard is set On , enter th e security c ode if reques ted. To ans wer a call w hen the ke yguard is on, press the call key. Whe n you end or reject the call, the key pad automatically locks. For Automatic keyguard and Securi ty keyg uard , see âÂÂP ho ne , â p. 71 . When the keygua rd is on, calls s till may be pos s ible to the officia l emerge ncy number programmed in to your de vice.
27 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 3. Call funct ion s â Mak e a cal l 1. Enter the phone number, inc luding the area code. For international calls, press * twice for the int ernational prefix (the charact er replaces t he internati onal access code ) and then e nter the c ountry code, the area code without the leading 0, if necessary, and the phone number. 2. To ca ll the number , press the call key. 3. To end the call or t o cancel the call attempt, press the end k ey, or close the phone. To mak e a call using names , search for a name or phone number in Contacts , see âÂÂSearch for a contact,â p. 56 . Press the call key to call the number . To ac cess the list of up to 20 numbers you last c alled or attempt ed to call, pres s the call key onc e in the standby mode. T o call the number, select a number or name, and press th e call key . Speed dialing Assign a phone number to one of t he speed-dialing keys, 2 to 9 . See âÂÂSpe ed dials,â p. 64 . Call the number in either of the following ways: ⢠Press a speed-dial ing key , then the c all key. â¢I f Speed dialling is set to On , press and hold a speed-dialing k ey until the c all begins. See Speed dialling in âÂÂCall,â p. 70 .
28 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Answe r or r eje ct a cal l To ans wer an incoming c all, press the call key, or open t he phone. To end the call, press the end key, or close the phone. To rejec t an incoming call when t he phone is op en, press the end key, or close the phone. To reject an incoming call when the phone is clos ed, open t he phone, and press the end key within 1 .5 seconds. To mute t he ringing tone, press one of the volume keys , or select Silence . Tip: If the Diver t if busy f unction is act ivated to div ert the calls (for example, t o your voice mailbox) rejec tin g an incoming call also diver ts the call. See âÂÂCall,â p. 70 . If a compatible headset supplied with the headset key is connected to the phone, to a nswer and end a call, press the heads et ke y. Ca ll wa it ing To ans wer the wa iting call during a n active call, pre ss the call key. The first call is put on hold. To end the active c all, press the end k ey. To ac tiv ate th e Call waiting funct ion, see âÂÂCall,â p. 70 . â Options d urin g a ca ll Many of t he options that y ou can use during a cal l are network services. For availability, contact your network operator or s ervice provider . During a call, select O ptions and fr om the following options:
29 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Call options are Mute or Unm ut e , Contac ts , Menu, Reco rd , Lock keypad , Auto volume on , Loudspeaker or H andset . Network s ervices opt ions are Answer and Reject , H old or U nhold , New call , Add t o con f er en ce , E nd call , End all calls , a nd the following: Send DTMF â to send tone s t rings Swap â to switch between t he active ca ll and the call on hold Transf er â to connect a call on hold to an active c all and disconne ct yourself Conference â to make a conference call that allows up to five persons to take part in a c onference cal l Private call âÂÂto dis cuss privately in a confer ence call War ning: Do not hold the de vice near your ear when the louds peaker is in use, becau se the volume may be extremely lou d.
30 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 4. Writ e text You can e nter text (for example, w hen writing mes sages) using traditional or predictiv e text input. Wh en using traditional text input, pr ess a number key, 1 to 9 , repeatedly until t he desired character appears. In predic tive text input you can enter a letter with a single k eypress. When you are writing t ext, predi ctive text input is indicated by and traditional t ext input by at the t op left of th e display. , , or appear next to the t ext input indic ator, indicat ing the charac ter case. To cha nge the charac ter case and the text input mode, pr ess # . indicates number mode. To change from t he letter to nu mber mode, press and hold # , and sel ect Number mode . â Sett ings To set the writing language, select Options > Writing language . Predictive text input is only available fo r the language s listed. Select Options > Dict ionary on to s et the pre dictive text input or Dict ionary off to set traditional text input. â Pred ict ive te xt in put Predictive t ext input is based on a built -in dictionary to which you can also add new word s.
31 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 1. Start writing a word using the 2 to 9 keys. Press each key only onc e for a single letter. T he word c hanges af ter each k eypress. 2. When y ou have finished writ ing the word and it is correct, to co nfirm it, press 0 to a dd a space, or press any of the nav igation keys . Press a navigation key to move th e cursor. If the word is not c orr ect, pres s * r epeatedly, or select O ptions > M atches . When the word that you want a ppears, confirm it. If ? is displayed a fter the w ord, the word y ou intended to wr ite is not in the dictiona ry. To add t he word to t he dictionary, select Spell . Enter the word (traditional t ext input is used), and select Save . 3. Start writing the next word. Wri t e c o mpo u nd wo rds Enter the first pa rt of the word, and press the navigation k ey right t o confirm it. Write t he next part of the w ord, and confirm the word. â Tradit ional te xt in put Press a number key, 1 to 9 , repeatedly until the desired character appears. Not all charact ers available under a number k ey are printed on the ke y. T he characters available depend on the writing language. See âÂÂS et ti ngs,â p. 30 . If the next letter you want is located on t he same k ey as the present one, wait until the cursor appea rs, or press any of the na vigation key s and enter the letter. The mos t common punctuation mar ks and spec ial characters are available under the 1 key.
32 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 5. N avigate the me nus The phone offers you an extensive r ange of f unctions, which are grouped into menus. 1. To ac cess the menu, se lect Men u . To change the menu view, select Options > Main menu view > Lis t or Grid . 2. Scroll t hrough the menu, and select a s ubmenu (for example , S etting s ). 3. If the menu contains submenus, select the one t hat you want (for e xample, Call ). 4. If the selected menu contains further submenus, select the one that you want (for ex ample, Anykey answer ). 5. Select the setting of your choice . 6. To return to the previous menu lev el, select Back . To exit the menu, select Exit .
33 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 6. Messages The mes sage services can only be used if they are supported by your network or your service provider. Not e: When sendi ng message s, your phone ma y display the words Me ssag e s ent . This is a n indicatio n that the message h as been sent b y your device to the message centre number p ro grammed i nto your device. Thi s is not an indica tion that the messag e has been rec eived at the intende d destinati o n. For more d etails about messag ing servic es , check with your service p rovider . Important : Ex ercise cauti on when opening mes sages. Mes sages may contai n mal iciou s soft ware or oth erwise be ha rmful to yo ur devi ce or PC. Only devices tha t h ave compatib le features ca n receive an d display me ssages. The app eara nce of a me ssage may vary depe nding on th e rece iving devi ce. â Te xt messag es ( SMS) Using t he short message se rvice (SMS) you can send and receiv e multipart messages made of seve ral ordinary t ext messages (net work service ) that can contain pictures. Before y ou can send any text, picture, or e-ma il message, you must save y our message c enter number. See âÂÂMes sage sett ing s,â p. 52 . To che ck SMS e-mail service ava ilability and to subscribe t o the s ervice, cont act your service provider.
34 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Your device s u pports th e sending of text mes sages beyo nd the chara cter limit f or a single message. Longer mess ages will be sent as a s eries of two or mo re messages. Y o ur se rvice provider may charge accordingly. Characters that use a ccents or other ma rks, and characters from some lang u age optio ns like Chinese, take up more space limiti n g the nu mber of chara cters that ca n be sent in a sing le message. At the top of the display, you can see the mes sage length indicat or that tracks the number of charact ers available. For exampl e, 10/2 means that you can still add 10 charac ter s for the te xt to be sent a s two mes sages . Wri te and send a SMS message 1. Select Men u > Messag es > Create message > Text message . 2. Enter a message. See âÂÂWri te tex t,â p. 30 . To insert text template s or a pictu re into the message, see âÂÂTemplates,â p. 35 . Each pict ure message comprises seve ral text messages . Sending one pic ture or multipar t message may cost more than sending one text message. 3. To send the mess age, sel ect Send > Recently used , T o phone number , To many , or To e-mail address . T o send a message us ing a prede fined message profile, sel ect Via sending profile . For the mes sage profil e, see âÂÂTex t and SMS e-mail,â p. 52 . Select or enter a phone number or e-mail address, or select a profile. Rea d and r eply to a SM S m ess age is shown w hen you receive an SMS me ssage or an SMS e-mail. The blinking indicat es that the me ssage memory is full. Bef ore you can r eceive new messages, delete some of your old mes sages in the Inbox folder.
35 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 1. To vie w a new mes sage, s elect Show . To view it later, select Exit . To read the message later, select Menu > Messages > Inbox . If more than one message is received, sele ct the message that you want to read. indicates an unread message. 2. While reading a message, s elect Options , and delete or forward the me ssage; edit the message as a text message or an SMS e- mail, rename the message you are r eading, or move it to another folder; or v iew or e xtract message det ails. You can a lso copy text from the beginning of the mes sage to your phone calendar as a reminder note. To sav e the picture in the Te mplates folder when reading a picture me ssage, selec t Save picture . 3. To r eply as a mes sage, s elect Reply > Text message , M ult imedia msg. , Flas h message , or Audio me ssage . Enter the reply message. When replying to an e-mail, first confirm or edit the e- mail address a nd subject. 4. To s end the message to the dis played number, se lect Send > OK . Tem plat es Your phone has text te mplates and pict ure templates that you can use in text, picture, or SMS e- mail message s. To ac cess the t emplate l ist, select Me nu > Mes sages > Saved it ems > Text messages > Templates .
36 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Mul tim edia mess age s A multimedia message can c ontain text, sound, a picture, a calendar note, a business c ard, or a video clip. If t he message is too large, the phone may not be able t o receive it . Some net works allow text messages that include an Internet address where you can view the multimedia message. You cannot receive multimedia messages during a c all, a game, another J ava applicat ion, or an act ive browsing s ession over G SM data. Becaus e delivery of multimedia message s can fail for various reasons, do not rely solely upon them for essential communica tions. Write and send a multimedia m essa ge To set the settings f or multimedia messaging, see âÂÂMultimedia,â p. 53 . To ch eck availability and to subscr ibe to the multimedia mes saging service, contact your service provider. 1. Select Men u > Messag es > Create message > Multimedia msg. . 2. Enter a message. See âÂÂWri te tex t,â p. 30 . To ins ert a file, s elect Options > Ins ert and fr om the following options: Image , Sound clip or Video c lip â to insert a file from Gallery New imag e opens the Camera â to take a new image t o be added t o the message New soun d c lip opens the Recorde r â to make a new record t o be added t o the message
37 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Business card or Calendar note â to insert a business card or a calendar note in the message. Slide â t o insert a s lide to the message. Your phone s upports multimedia messages that contain several pages (slides). Each slide can c ontain text, one image, a calendar note, a business c ard, and one sound clip. To open a desir ed slide if the message contains several slides, select Options > Pr e vious slide , Next s lide , or Slide list . To s et the interv al between t he slides, sele ct Options > Slide t iming . T o move the text component to the top or bottom of the message, sel ect Options > Place text fir st or Place te xt last . The following opt ions may also be availa ble: Dele te to delete an image, slide, o r sound c lip from the mes sage, Clear text , Preview , or Save message . In More options the following op tions may be av ailable: Insert contact , Insert number, Message details , and Edit subject . 3. To send the mess age, sel ect Send > Recently used , T o phone number , To e-mail address , o r T o many . 4. Select the contact f rom the lis t, or enter the recip ientâÂÂs phone number or e- mail address, or search for it in Contacts . Sele ct OK . The me ssage is moved to the O utbox folder for s ending. While the multimedia message is being s ent, the animated indicator is displaye d and you can use other functions on the phone. If the sending f ails, the phone tries to res end it a fe w times. If t his fails, the mes sage remains in the Outbox folder, a nd you can t ry to res end it later.
38 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. If you select Save sent messages > Yes , the s ent message is saved in t he Sent items folder. Se e âÂÂMultimedia,â p. 53 . When the message is sent, it is not an indicat ion that the mess age has been r eceived at t he intended destination. Co pyright prot ections ma y prev ent som e im ages, r ingin g tone s, an d oth er co ntent from bei ng copi ed, mo difi ed , tr ansf err ed or fo rwar ded. Read and reply to a multimedia messa ge Important: Exercise cautio n when opening mes s ages. Multimed ia messag e objects may contain ma licious so ftware or otherw ise be harmful to your de vice or PC. When your phone receives a multimedia message, the animated is displayed. When the message has been receiv ed, and t he text Multimedia message receive d are shown. 1. To read the message, select Play . To view it lat er, select Ex it . To read the message later, select Menu > Messages > Inbox . In the list of messages, indicates a n unread message . Select the message that y ou want to view . 2. The f unction of the middle select ion key cha nges according t o the c urrently displaye d attachment in t he messag e. To vie w the whole message if the received mes sage contains a presenta tion, a sound c lip, or view a video clip, selec t Pl ay . To zoom in on an image, select Zoom . To view a business card or calendar note or to open a t heme object, select Open .
39 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 3. To reply to the message, select O ptions > Reply > Text message , M ultimedia msg. , Flash message , or Audio message . Enter th e reply mes sage, and select Send . You c an send the reply message only t o the pers on who sent you the original message. Select Options to access available options. â Memo ry f ull When y ou have receive d a new te xt message and the message me mory is full, blinks and T e xt msgs. memory fu ll. Delete msgs. is shown. Select No , and delete some me ssages from a folder. To disc ard the wait ing message, s elect Exit > Ye s . When you have a ne w multimedia me ssage waiting and the memory for the messages is full, blinks and Multimedia memory full. View waiting msg. is shown. To view t he waiting mess age, select Show . Before you can save the waiting messa ge, delete old messages to free memory space. To save the message, sel ect Save . To dis card the wa iting message, select Exit > Ye s . If y ou select No , you can view the message. â Folders The phone saves received text and multimedia messages in t he Inbox folder. Multimedia messages that hav e not yet be en sent are moved to the Outbox folder.
40 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. If you select Menu > Messages > Message settings > Text message s > Save sent messages > Yes , and Menu > Messages > Message settings > Multimedia msgs. > Save s ent messages > Ye s , the sent messages are saved in the Sent it ems folder. To s ave the tex t message that you are wr iting and wish t o send la ter in the Saved items folder, s elect Options > Save mess age > Saved tex t msgs. . For multimedia messages, select t he option Save message . indicates unsent messages. To organize your text messages, move some of t hem to My fol d ers or add new folders for your mes sages. Select Messages > Saved items > T ext messages > My folders . To add a folder, s elect Options > A dd folder . If you ha ve not saved any folders , sel ect Add . To dele te or rename a folder, sc roll to the des ired folder, and select Options > Delete folder or Rename folder . â Flash me ssage s Flash messages are t ext message s that are instantly displayed upon reception. Write a flas h message Select Menu > Messages > Create message > Flash message . Write your message. The max imum length of a flash messag e is 70 cha racters. To insert a blinking text into the mess age, select Insert blink char . from the options list to set a marker. The text a fter the marke r blinks until a second ma rker is inserted.
41 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Receive a flas h message A received flash mess age is not aut omatically saved. To r ead the messa ge, select Read . To extract phone number s, e-mail addr esses, and Web site addresses from the c urrent message , select Options > Use det ail . To save the mess ag e, se le ct Save and t he folder in w hich you want to save t he message. â Nokia Xpress au dio mess aging With t his menu, use t he multimedia message service to creat e and send a voice message in a convenient way. Multimedia mes saging service mus t be activa ted before this service can be used. Cr eate and se nd an audi o messa ge 1. Select Menu > Messa ges > Create message > Audio message . The recor der opens. To use the r ecorder, see âÂÂRecor d er,â p. 85 . 2. When the message is ready t o send, s elect Options > Play to chec k the message bef ore sending, Replace s ound clip to repeat t he recording, Save message to save the message in Saved it ems folder, Save sound clip to sa v e t he recording in G allery , Edit subject to ins ert a s ubject to t he message , Message details to view t he messa ge details, or Lo udsp eaker or Handset . 3. To send the mess age, sel ect Send > Recently used , To phone number , To e-mail address , o r T o many . Depending on your s ervice provider , more options may be available.
42 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 4. Select the contact f rom the lis t, enter t he recipientâÂÂs phone number or e-ma il address, or search for it in Contac ts . Select OK , and the message is mov ed to the Outbox folder for sending. Receive an audio messag e When your phone rece ives an a udio message, 1 audio message received is shown. Select Play to open th e message or Show > Play if there are more t han one message r eceived. Select Options to se e the options available. To listen to the message lat er, selec t Exit . To save the message, select Options > Save s ound clip and the folder in which you want t o save the message. â Ins tant me ssa ging Instant messaging (network ser vice) is a way to se nd short, simple text messages to online use rs. Before you c an use instant messaging, you must subscribe to t he service. To check the availability and costs, a nd to subscribe t o the service, contact your servic e provider, f rom whom you als o receive your unique ID, pas sword, and settings. To set the required settings for the instant messaging service, see Connect. settings in âÂÂAccess the instant messaging me nu,â p. 43 . The icons and texts on the display may vary, depending on the instant mes saging service.
43 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Dependi ng on t he network, the active instant messaging conversation may consume the phone batter y faster, and you may nee d to connec t the phone t o a cha rge r. Ac cess th e i nst ant mes sagi ng m en u To ac cess the me nu while still of fline, select Menu > Messages > Ins tant messages . If more than one set of connection settings f or the instant messaging service is availabl e, select t he desired one . If there is only one s et defined, it is selected automatic ally. The following options are shown: Login â to connect to the ins tant mess aging service Saved conv ers. â to vie w, erase or rename the instant messaging conver sations that you have save d during the ins tant messaging se ssion Connect. settings â to edit th e settings needed for messaging and presence connection Connect to the instant mess aging s er vice To conne ct to the instant messaging service, enter t he Instant message s menu, activat e an inst ant messaging ser vice, and select Login . When the p hone has succe ssfully connected, Logged in is displayed. To dis connect from t he instant me ssaging service, select Logout .
44 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Sta rt an inst ant messa ging sess ion Open the Instant messages menu, and connect to the s ervice. St art the servic e in different ways. Conversations â to view the list of new and read instant me ssages or invitations for insta nt messaging during t he active instant mes saging sessio n. Scroll to the message or invitation that you want, and select Open t o r e a d t h e m e s s a g e . indicates th e new and read gr oup messages. indicat es the new a nd the read instant messages. indicates the invitations. The icons and texts on t he display may vary, depending on the instant messaging servi ce. IM contacts â to view t he contacts t hat you have added. Sc roll to the contact with whom you would lik e to cha t and select Chat or Ope n if a new contact is shown in the list. To add cont acts see âÂÂContacts for insta nt messaging,â p. 47 . indicates the online and the of fline contacts in the phone contacts memory. indicates a blocked contact. indicate s a contact t hat has been sent a new mess age. Groups > Public groups â to display the lis t of bookmar ks to public groups provided by the servi ce provider. To s tart a instant messaging session with a group, scroll to a group, and select Join . Enter your s creen name that y ou want to use in the conversat ion. When you have succ essfully joined the group conversation, you c an start a group c onversation. To create a private group, see âÂÂGroups,â p. 47 .
45 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Search > User s or Groups â to sear ch for other instant messaging users or public groups on the network by phone number, screen name, e-mail address, or name. If you select Gr oups , you can search for a group by a me mber in the group or by group name, topic, or ID. To start th e conversation when you ha ve found the user or the group th at you want, se lect O ptions > Chat or J oin group . Start a c onversation fr om Contac ts , see âÂÂView the subscribed names,â p. 61 . Accept or reject an invitation In the standby mode, when you are connected to t he instant messaging service and you receive a new invitation, N ew invitation r eceived is displayed. To r ead it, sel ect Re a d . If more t han one invit ation is receive d, scroll t o the invi tation you want, and s elect Open . T o join the private group conv ersation, select Acce pt , and enter the screen name; or to rejec t or delete t he invitation, select Options > Reject or Dele te . Read a re ceiv ed inst ant me ssa ge In the standby mode, when you are connected to t he instant messaging service, and you receive a new message that is not a mess age associate d with an active conversat ion, New instant message is displayed. To read it, select Read . If you receive more than one me ssage, s croll to the me ssage, and select Open . New messages receiv ed during an active c onversation are held in Instant messages > Conversations . If you receiv e a message f rom someone w ho is not in
46 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. IM contacts , the sender ID is displayed. To save a new cont act that is not in the phone memory, select Options > Save contact . Particip ate in a convers ation To join or start an instant messaging s ession, select Writ e . Write your message, and se lect Send or pr ess the call key to send it . Select Opti ons > View conversat ion , Save contact , Group members , Block cont act , or End c onversation . Edit your ava ilabilit y status 1. Open the Instant messages menu, and connect t o the inst ant messaging servi ce. 2. To view and edit your own availability information, or screen name, select My settings . 3. To allow all the other instant mess aging users to s ee you when you are online, sel ect A v ailability > A vailable for all . To allow only the contacts on your instant messaging contact list to s ee you when you are online, select A vailability > Av ail. for contacts . To appea r as being of fline, select A v ailability > A ppe ar offline . When you are connect ed to the ins tant mess aging service, indicates that you are online, and indicates that you ar e not visible to others.
47 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Cont acts fo r instant mes sagi ng To add contacts to t he instant messaging contac ts list, connect t o the inst ant messaging s ervice, and s elect IM contacts . To add a contact to the list, select Options > A dd cont act , or if yo u have no contact s added, select Add . Select Enter ID manually , Search fr om serv . , Copy from server , or By mobile number . Scroll t o a contact, and to start a convers ation, select Chat or Options > Contact info , Block c ontact or Unblock contact , Add contact , Remove contact , Change list , Copy to server , or A vailability aler ts . Block an d unblock m essag es To block messages, connect to t he instant me ssaging service, and select Conversations > IM contacts ; or join or start a c onversation. Scr oll to the cont act from whom you want t o block incoming messages, select O ptions > Block contact > OK . To unblock the message s, connect t o the insta nt messaging s ervice, and s elect Blocked list . Scroll t o the contac t from whom you want to unblock the mes sages, and se lect Unblock . Grou ps You can creat e your own pri vate groups for an instant mes saging conversation, or use the public groups provided by t he service provider. The privat e groups exis t only during an instant messaging c onversation. The groups are saved on t he server of the service provider. If t he server you are logged on to does not support group service s, all group-related me nus are dimmed.
48 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Public groups Groups â You can bookma rk public groups that your s ervice provider may maintain. Connect to the ins tant messaging se rvice, and se lect Public groups . Scroll t o a group with which you want to chat, and select Join . If you are not in the group, enter your s creen name as your nickname f or the group. To delete a group from your gr oup list, select Op ti ons > Delete group . To s earch for a group, select G roups > Public groups > Sear ch groups . You can search for a group by a member in the group, by group name, topic, or ID. Create a private g roup Connect to the ins tant messaging se rvice, and se lect Groups > Create group . Enter the name for the gr oup and the screen name that you want t o use. Mark the private group members in t he contacts list, and writ e an invitation. â E-m ail app licat ion The e- mail applicat ion allows you to access your compatible e-mail acc ount from your phone whe n you are not in the of fice or at home. This e-mail application is different f rom the SMS and MMS e-mail funct ion. Your phone support s POP3 and IMAP4 e-mail servers. Before you can send and retrieve any e-mail, you may need to do t he following: ⢠Obtain a new e-mail ac count or use the current one. For avail ability of your e-mail a ccount contact y our e-mail service provider. ⢠For the settings required for e-mail, cont act your e -mail service pr ovider. You may rece ive the e -mail confi guration settings as a configuration mes sage. See
49 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. âÂÂConfiguration settings ser vice,â p. 15 . You can also ent er the settings manually. See âÂÂConfiguration,â p. 77 . To a ctivate the e-mail settings, s elect Men u > Messages > Mess age se tt ing s > E-mail messages . See â E-mail,â p. 54 . This application does not s upport keypad tones. Wri te and send an e-mail 1. Select Menu > Messa ges > E-mail > Create e-mail . 2. Enter the recipientâÂÂs e-mail address, a subject, and the e-mail message. To att ach a file to the e- mail, select Options > Attach and t he file in Gallery . 3. Select Send > Send now . Dow nloa d e-m ai l 1. To ac cess the e -mail applicat ion, select Menu > Messages > E-mail . 2. To downloa d e-mail mes sages that have been sent to your e- mail account, sel ect Re tr iev e . To downloa d new e-mail messages and t o send e-mail t hat has been saved in the Outbox folder, select Options > Retrieve and s end . To downloa d first the headings of the new e-mail mes sages that have been sent to your e -mail account, select Options > Check new e-mail . Then, to download th e selected e-mail, mark t he desired ones , and se lect Options > Retrieve .
50 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 3. Select the new mes sage in Inbox . To v iew it la ter, select Ba ck . indicates an unread message. Rea d and re ply to e-mail Import ant: Excerc ise ca ution when opening me ssages . E-mail mes s ages may contain malicious softwa re or otherwise be harm ful to your device or PC. Select Menu > Messa ges > E-mail > Inbox and the desired message. While read ing the message, select Options to view t he available options. To reply to an e- mail, select Reply > Original t ext or Empty screen . To reply t o many, s elect Options > R eply to all . Confirm or edit the e-mail address and subject; t hen write y our reply. To send the me ssage, s elect Send > Send now . Inbo x and other folder s Your phone sa ves e-mail that you have downloaded from your e-mail acc ount in Inbox folder. Other folders contains t he following folders: Draf ts for saving unfinished e- mail, Arc hive for organizing and saving your e- mail, Outbox for saving e-mail that has not been se nt, and Sent items for saving e-mail t ha t has been s ent. To manage the folders and their e-mail content, s elect Options > Manage folder .
51 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Del ete e-mail mes sages Select Menu > Messa ges > E-mail > Opti ons > Manage folder and the d esired folder. Mark the messages that you want to delete. To dele te them, select Options > Delete . Deleting a n e-mail from your phone does not delete it f rom the e- mail server. To set t he phone to delete the e- mail also fr om the e-mail s erver, s elect Menu > Messages > E-mail > Options > Extra settings > Leave copy: > Delete retr . msgs . â V oice messa ges The v oice mailbox is a network service and you may need to subscribe t o it. F or details, c ontact your s ervice provider. To ca ll your v oice mailbox, s elect Menu > Messages > Voice messages > Lis ten to voice me ssages . To e nter, search for, or edit your voice mailbox number, select Voice mailbox number . If suppor ted by the network, indicat es that there ar e new voice messages. Select Lis ten to call your voice mailbox number. â Inf o mess age s Select Menu > Messa ges > Info mes sages . W ith the Info messages network service , you can rec eive mess ages on va rious topics from your service provider. To check availability, topics, and t he relevant topic numbers , contact y our service provider.
52 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Serv ice co mm ands Select Menu > Messa ges > Servic e commands . Write and send ser vice requests (also k nown as USSD commands ) to your s ervice prov ider, such as act ivation commands for network services. â Dele te mess ages To dele te all message s from a fol der, select Me nu > M essa g es > Delet e messages and t he folder fr om which you wa nt to delet e the message s. Select Ye s , and if the folder contains unread messages, the phone asks w hether you want t o delete them also. Select Yes aga in . â Messa g e se tting s Te xt and SMS e-mail The mes sage settings affect the sending, receiv ing, and viewing of messages . Select Menu > Messa ges > Message set tings > T ext messages and from the following opt ions: Sending profile â If more than one mes sage profile s et is supported by your SIM card , select t he set you want to change. The following options may be a vailable: Message centr e number (delivered from your service provider), Messa ges s ent vi a , M e ssage validity , D ef ault recipient number (text me ssages) or E-mail server (e- mail), Delivery reports , Use pa cket data , Reply via same centre (n etwork serv ice), an d Rename sending profile .
53 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Save s ent messages > Ye s â Set t he phone to save th e sent text messages in t he Sent items folder. Automatic resending > On â The phone aut omatically attempts to resend a text message, if the sending has f ailed. Multimedia The mes sage settings affect the se nding, receiv ing, and viewing of multimedia messages. Select Menu > Messa ges > Message set tings > M ultimedia msgs. and f rom the following opt ions: Save sent mes sages > Ye s â to set the phone to save s ent multimedia messages in the Sent items folder Deliver y reports â to ask the net work to send deliv ery repor ts about y our messages (netw ork service) Scale image down â to def ine the image size when you i nsert an image to a multimedia message Default slide timing â to def ine the default time between slides in multimedia messages Allow multimedia reception > Yes or No â t o receive or to block the multimedia message. If you select In home network , you cannot receiv e multimedia me ssages when outside your home network.
54 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Incoming multimedia mes sages > Re tri eve , Ret rieve manually , or Rejec t â t o allow t he reception of multimedia message s automatically, manually after being prompted, or to reject the reception Configuration settings > Configuration â Only the configur ations that s upport multimedia messaging are shown. Select a service provider, Default , or P ersonal config. for multimedia mes saging. Select A c count and select a multimedia messaging s ervice account contained in t he active configuration settings. Allow adverts â to receiv e or rejec t advertisements. This setting is not shown if Allow multimedia reception is se t to No . E-ma il The s ettings affect the sending, rece iving, a nd viewing of e- mail. You may rec eive the configuration sett ings for the e- mail applicat ion as a configuration mes sage. See âÂÂConfiguration settings service,â p. 15 . You can a lso enter th e settings manual ly. Se e âÂÂC onfiguration,â p. 77 . To activate the settings for the e-mail application, select Menu > Messages > Message settings > E-mail messages and fr om the following options: Configuration â Select the set that you would like to ac tivate. Account â Sel ect an account provided by t he service provider. My name â Enter your name or nic kname. E-mail addres s â Enter e-mail address. Include signature â You ca n define a signature that is automatically adde d to the end of your e-mail w hen you write your message .
55 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Reply-to addr ess â Enter the e-mail address to which you want the replies to be sent. SMTP user name â Enter t he name t hat you want to us e for out going mail. SMTP password â Ent er the password that you w ant to use f or outgoing mail. Display t erminal window â Select Yes to perform manual us er authentication for intranet connec tions. Incoming server type â Select either POP3 or IMAP4 , depe nding on the type of e- mail system t hat you are using. If bot h types are s upported, select IMA P4 . Incoming mail settings â Select available options for POP3 or IMAP4. Othe r set ti ngs To s elect other s ettings for messages, s elect Menu > Messages > Message settings > Other s ett ing s . To change the font si ze for reading and w riting me ssag es, se le ct Font si ze . To replace charac ter-based smiley s with graphical smileys s elect Graphical s mileys > Ye s . â Messa g e co unter Select Menu > Messages > Mess age counter for appr oximate information on your recent communications.
56 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 7. Contac ts You can s ave names and phone numbers ( Contacts ) in the phone me mory and in the SIM card memory. See â Settings ,â p. 62 . The phone memory may sa ve contacts with numbers and t ext items . You can also save an image for a certain number of names. Names and numbe rs saved in the SIM card memory, are indicated by . â Sea rch for a conta ct Select Menu > Cont ac t s > Names > Options > Search . Sc roll through the list of contacts or enter the f irst letter of the name for which y ou are searching. â Sav e n ames an d ph one num ber s Names and numbe rs are saved in the us ed memory. Selec t Menu > Contacts > Names > Opti ons > Add new contact . Enter the name and the phone number. â Save numbers , ite ms, o r an imag e In the phone memo ry for contacts, you can s ave different types of phone number s and short text items per name. The fir st number you sa ve is automat ically set a s the defa ult number. It is indicat ed with a frame around the number type indicat or (for example, ).
57 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. When you select a name (for example , to mak e a call), the default number is used unless you selec t another number. 1. Make s ure that the memory in use is either Phone or Phone and SIM . See âÂÂSet ti ngs ,â p. 62 . 2. Scroll t o the name to which you want to add a new number or text item, a nd sel ect Details > Options > A dd detail . 3. To add a number, selec t Number and one of the numbe r types. To add another detail se lect a text type or an ima ge from Gallery . To sear ch for an ID f rom the ser ver of your service provider if you hav e connect ed to the pr esence service, select Us er ID > Sear ch . See âÂÂMy presence,â p. 59 . If only one ID is found, it is automatically saved. Othe rwise, to sav e the ID, select O pt ions > Save . To enter the ID, select Enter ID manually . To change the number type, sc roll to the desired number, and s elect Options > Change type . To set the selec ted number as the default number , select Set as default . 4. Enter the number or te xt item; to sav e it, selec t OK . 5. To return to the standby mode, select Back > Exit . â Copy c ontacts You can c opy names a nd phone numbers fr om the phone contact memory to the SIM card memory, or vice vers a. The SIM card memory can save names with one phone number at tached to them. Search f or the cont act you want to copy, and select Options > Copy .
58 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Edit c ontact details 1. Search for t he contact you want t o edit, selec t D etails , and scroll to t he desired name, number, text item, or image. 2. To edit a name, number, or text item, or to c hange an image, select Options > Edit name , Edit number , Edit detail , or Change image . You cannot edit an ID when it is on th e IM contacts or Subscribed names list. â Dele te con tact s or con tact de tails To delete a ll the contact s and the details a ttached to them fr om the phone or SIM card memor y, sele ct Menu > Contacts > D elete all contacts > F rom phone mem. or From SIM car d . Confirm with t he security code. To delete a contact, search for the desired contact, and s elect O ptions > Dele te contact . To dele te a number, text item, or an image at tached to t he contact, search for the contact, and select Details . Scroll t o the desir ed detail, and s elect Options > Delete > Delete number , D ele te detail , or Delet e image . Deleting an image from contacts does not delete it from Gallery . â Bu sine ss ca rds You can s end and receive a pers onâÂÂs contact informat ion from a compatible dev ice that s upports the vCard s tandard as a business card.
59 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. To send a business card, search for the cont act whose information you want to send , a nd selec t Details > Options > Send bus . card > Via multimedia , Via text message , Via infrared or Via Bluet ooth . When you have received a busines s card, s elect Show > Save to save the bus iness card in t he phone memor y. To discar d the busines s card, se lect Exit > Yes . â My pr es ence With t he presence s ervice ( network ser vice) you can share your presence s tatus with other users with compatible devices and access to the service. Presence status include s your availabili ty, status message, and per sonal logo. Oth er users who have access t o the serv ice and who request your infor mation are able to see your status. The requested information is s hown in Subsc ribed names in the viewer sâ Contacts menu. You ca n personalize t he information t hat you wa nt to share wi th others and control who can see your status. Befor e you can use presence , you must subscr ibe to the servic e. T o check t he availability, and cost s, and to subs cribe to the service, c ontact your service provider, f rom whom you als o receive your unique ID, pas sword, and th e settings for the serv ice. See â Configuration,â p. 77 . While you are connected to the presence servic e, you can us e the other f unctions of the phone; the pres ence service is active in the bac kground. If you disconnect from the s ervice, your pr esence status is shown f or a certain amount of time t o viewers , depending on t he service provider. Select Menu > Cont ac t s > My presence and from t he following options:
60 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Connect to 'My pre sence' serv ice or Dis connect from service â to connect t o or disconnect from the service. View my pres ence â to v iew the stat us in Private pres . and Public pr esence . Edit my pr esence â to change your presence s tatus. Select My availability , My presence message , My presence logo , or Show to . My viewers > Cu rrent vie wers , Private list , or Blocked list Settings > Show current presence i n idle , Synchronise w ith profiles , Connection type , or Presence s ettings â Sub scrib ed na mes You can c reate a list of contacts whose presence status information you want to be aware of. You c an view th e information if it is allowed by the c ontacts and the network. To view these subscribe d names, scroll t hrough the cont acts or use the Subscribed names menu. Make su re that the memory in use is either Phone or Phone and SIM . To conne ct to the Presence s ervice, select Menu > Contacts > M y presence > Connect to 'My pre sence' serv ice . Add conta cts t o th e subs cribe d n ames 1. Select Menu > Cont ac t s > Subscr ibed names . 2. If you have no c ontacts on your list, select Add . O therwise, select Options > Subscribe new . The list of your contacts is shown.
61 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 3. Select a contact from the list and if the cont act has an us er ID s aved, the contact is added to th e subscribed names list. View the s ubscribed names To vie w the pres ence informat ion, see âÂÂSearch for a contact,â p. 56 . 1. Select Menu > Cont ac t s > Subscr ibed names . The s tatus information o f the first contact on the s ubscribed names list is displaye d. The infor mation that the person wants to give t o the others may include text and some of the following ic ons: , , or indicates t hat the per son is available , discreet , or not ava ilable. indicates that the personâÂÂs presence information is not available. 2. Select Detail s to v iew the details of the selec ted contact or Options > Subscribe new , Chat , Send mess age , Send bus. card , or Unsubscribe . Unsubscribe a contact To unsubscribe a contact from the Contacts list, s elect the c ontact and Details > the user ID > O ptions > Unsubscr ibe > OK . To unsubscribe, use the Subscribed names menu. See âÂÂV iew the subscribed names,â p. 61 .
62 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Sett ings Select Menu > Cont ac t s > Se ttings and from the f ollowing options: Memory in use â to s elect SIM card or phone memory for your contacts Contacts view â to select how the names and numbers in c ontacts are dis played Memory status â to view the free and used memo ry capacity â Grou ps Select Menu > Cont ac t s > Groups to arrange the names and phone numbers save d in the memory into caller groups with different ringing tones and gr oup images. â V oice di alin g You can ma ke a phone c all by saying a voice tag that has bee n added to a phone number. Any s poken words, s uch as a name, can be a voice t ag. The number of voice tags you can c reate is limited. Before using voi ce ta gs, note th at: ⢠Voice tag s are not la nguage-depend ent. They are depe ndent on the speak e r's voice. ⢠You must say the n ame exactly as you sa id it when you recorded it. ⢠Voice tag s are se nsitive to backgrou nd noise . Record voice ta g s and us e them in a q uiet environme nt. ⢠Very sho rt names are n ot accepted . Use lon g names and avo id simi lar names fo r differ ent num be rs.
63 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Not e: Using voice tags may be difficu lt in a nois y environ ment or during a n emergency, so y ou shou ld not rely solely up on voice dialling in all ci rcumstanc es. Add an d manag e vo ice ta gs Save or copy the contact s to the phone memory for which y ou want to add a voice tag. You can also add voice tags to the names in the SIM card, but if you replace your SIM card with a new one, y ou must first del ete the old v oice tags bef ore you can add new ones. 1. Search f or the contact to which you want t o add a voice tag. 2. Select Detail s , scroll to t he desired phone number, and sele ct Options > Add voice ta g . 3. Select St art , and sa y clea rly the wor ds you want t o record as a voice tag. A fter recording, the phone plays the recor ded tag. appears behind the phone number w ith a voic e tag in Contacts . To che ck the voice tags , selec t Menu > Contacts > V oice tags . Scroll to the contact with the voice tag that y ou want, and sele ct an option t o listen to, delet e, or change t he rec orded voice t ag. Make a call with a voice tag If the phone has an a pplication running that is sending or receiving data using a GPRS connection, you must end the application before voice dialing. 1. In the standby mode, pres s and hold the volume dow n key. A short to ne is heard, and Spe ak now is displayed.
64 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 2. Say t he voice t ag clearly. The phone plays the r ecognized v oice tag, and dials the phone number of the v oice tag after 1.5 seconds. If you ar e using a compatible headset wit h the headset key, press and hold the headset k ey to st art the voice dialing. â Spee d dia ls To as sign a number to a speed-dialing k ey, sele ct Menu > Contacts > Speed dials , and scroll to t he speed-dialing number that you want . Select Assign , or if a number has already been assigned to t he key, select Options > C hange . Select Search , the name, then t he number you want to assign. If the Speed dialling function is off, the ph one asks whether you w ant to ac tivate it. See also Speed dialling in âÂÂCall,â p. 70 . To mak e a call us ing the speed-dia ling keys, see âÂÂSpeed dialing,â p. 27 . â Inf o, servi ce, an d my nu mbe rs Select Menu > Cont ac t s and from t he following functions: Info numbers â to call t he information number s of your s ervice provider if the numbers are i ncluded on your SIM card (network service) Service number s â to call the s ervice number s of your se rvice provid er if the numbers are i ncluded on your SIM card (network service) My numbers â to view the phone numbe rs assigned to your SIM card, if the numbers are i ncluded on your SIM card
65 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 8. Call regist er The phone registers the phone numbers of identified missed, received, and dialed calls ; the me ssage recipients; and t he approx imate length of your calls. The phone registers if it is switched on and w ithin the net workâÂÂs service area, and the network supports these functions. â Re cent ca lls lists When you select O ptions in the Missed calls , Received calls , D ialled numbers , or Message Recipient s menu, you can view t he time of the call; edit, view, or call the registered phone numbe r; add it to the memory; or delete it from the lis t. You can also s end a text message. To de lete th e recent calls lists, sel ect Delete recent calls . â Cou nters an d time rs Not e: The actual invoice for calls and services from your service provider may vary, dependi ng upon networ k featur es, roundin g-off fo r billing , taxes a nd so forth. Some timers, including the life timer, may be re set during service or software upgrad es. Select Menu > C all register > Call duration , P acket data counter , or Packet data conn. timer for appr oximate information on your recent communicat ions.
66 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 9. Sett ings â Pro fil es Your phone has various sett ing groups, called profiles, for w hich you can customize the phone tones for different ev ents and envir onments. Select Menu > Settings > Profiles . Scroll to a profile, a nd select it. To ac tivate the selected pr ofile, selec t Ac tiva te . To s et the profile to be active until a certain t ime up to 24 hours, select Timed and set the time the profile setting shall end. When the time set for the profile expires, the previous profile that was not t imed, becomes active. To personalize the profile, select P ersonalise . Select the setting you want t o change, and make the changes. T o chan ge your presence status informat ion, sel ect My pre s enc e > M y availability or My presence message . The My pre s enc e menu is available if you set Synchronise with profiles to On . See âÂÂMy presence ,â p. 59 . â Theme s A theme contains many elements for personalizing your phone, such as wallpaper, screen saver, color s cheme, and a ringing tone. Select Menu > Settings > Themes and fr om the following options: Select theme â to set a theme in y our phone. A list of folders in G allery opens. Open the Themes folder, and select a t heme.
67 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Theme downloads â to open a list of links to download mor e themes. See âÂÂDownload files,â p. 112 . â Tones You can c hange the s ettings of the s elected active profile. Select Menu > Settings > Tones . Select and change the ava ilable tone op tions. You can find t he same settings in the Profil es menu. See âÂÂProfil es ,â p. 66 . If you sele ct the highes t ringin g tone le vel, the rin ging ton e reach es its high est level after a few se cond s. To set the phone to ring only for calls from phone numbers t hat belong to a selected caller group, select Alert for . Sc roll to t he caller group you want o r All calls , and select Mark . â My s hort cuts With persona l shortcuts, you get quick ac cess to oft en used functions of the phone. T o manage th e shortcuts, select Menu > Settings > My shortcuts and from the following options: Right select ion key â to selec t a function f rom the lis t for the right selection k ey. See als o âÂÂStandby mode,â p. 22 . This menu may not be shown, depending on your service provider. Navigation ke y â to sele ct shortcut f unctions for th e navigation key. Scroll t o the desired na vigation key , select Change and a function f rom the list. To remove a
68 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. shortcut funct ion from the k ey, selec t (empt y) . To reassign a function for the k ey, sel ect As sign . This menu may not be s hown, depending on y our service pr ovider. Voice commands â to activat e phone functions by saying a voice tag. Select a folder, scroll to a function to which yo u want t o add a voice t ag, and select Ad d . indicat es a voice t ag. To a dd a voice c ommand, see âÂÂAdd and manage voice tags ,â p. 63 . To act ivate a voice c ommand, see âÂÂM ake a call with a v oice tag, â p. 63 . â Ma in d ispla y Select Menu > Settings > Main display and from t he following options: Wallpaper â to add the background image t o the main display in sta ndby mode. To s elect, a ctivate, or dea ctivat e the wal lpaper, select Select wallpaper > On or Off . Select Select s lide set and a f older in the Gallery to use the image s in the folder as a slide se t. To download mor e images for wallpaper, selec t Graphic downloads . Screen saver > On â to activat e the screen saver for the main dis play. To set the time after which the screen sav er is activated, s elect Time-out . To select a graphic for the sc reen sa ver, select Image a nd choose an image or a graphic from t he Gallery . Select Select slide set and a folder in the Gal le ry t o use the images in the folder as a s lide set. To dow nload more images f or the screen saver, sele ct Graphic downloads . Powe r s av e r > On â to sa ve some ba ttery power. A digital clock is displaye d when no function of the phone is us ed for a certain time.
69 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Colour schemes â to change th e color in s ome display components, for example, menu back ground color and signal and battery bar colors Idle state f ont colour â t o select th e color f or the texts on the display in the standby mode Operator logo â to set your phone to displa y or hide the operator logo. T he menu is dimme d, if you have not save d the operator logo. For mor e information on availability of an operat or logo, contac t your network ope rator or s ervice provider . â Min i displa y Select Menu > Se ttin gs > Mini display settings . You c an change t he available settings. â Time and dat e Select Menu > Settings > Time and date and f rom the following options: Clock â to set t he phone t o show th e clock in the standby mode, adjust t he clock, and se lect the t ime zone and the time f ormat Date â to set t he phone t o show the dat e in the standby mode, s et the dat e, and select the date format and date separator Auto-update of date & t ime (network service) â t o set the phone to automatic ally update the time and da te according to the current time zone
70 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Call Select Menu > Settings > Call and from the following options: Automatic volume control â to set the phone to automat ically adjust t he speak er volume ac cording to the bac kground noise Call divert (network service) â to divert your incoming calls . You may not be able to divert your call, if some call barring functions ar e active. See Call barring s ervice in âÂÂSecurity,â p. 78 . Anyk ey answer > On â to ans wer an incoming c all, briefl y press any key, except the end key and the left and r ight selection keys. Answer when fold is opened > On â to answer an incoming call, open the phone. Automatic redial > On â to set your phone t o make a max imum of 10 attempts to connect t he call af ter an unsucces sful call at tempt Speed dialling > On â to activate s peed dialling. To set up spee d dialling, see âÂÂSpeed dials,â p. 64 . To dial, press and hold the corresponding number key. Call waiting > Acti vate â to s et the net work to notify you of an inco ming call while yo u have a call in progr ess (network s ervice). See âÂÂCall waiting,â p. 28 . Summary after call > On â to briefly dis play the approximate duration and cos t (network service) of t he call aft er each call Send my cal ler ID ( network s ervi ce) > Yes , No , or Set by network Line for outgoing calls (network service) â to select the phone l ine 1 or 2 to make calls, if s upported by your SIM car d
71 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Phon e Select Menu > Settings > Phone and from the f ollowing options: Phone language â to set the display and w riting language Memory status â to view the free memory a nd the used memor y in Gall ery , Messages , and Applications Automatic keyguard â to set the keypad of your phone to lock automatically aft er a preset t ime delay when the phone is in the standby mode and no function of the phone has been used. Select On , and you can set the time from 5 seconds to 60 minutes. Secur ity ke yguard â to set the phon e to ask for the secu rity cod e when you un loc k the keyguard. Ente r the security code, and select On . When the keygua rd is on, calls s till may be pos s ible to the officia l emerge ncy number programmed in to your de vice. Cell info display > On â to r eceive informa tion from the ne twork operat or depending on the network cell us ed (network service) Welcome note â to enter a welcome note t o be show n briefly whe n the phone is switched on Operator selection > Automatic â to s et the phone automatica lly to select one of the cellular networks available in your area. With Manual , you can select a network that has a r oaming agreement w ith your home ne twork operator. Confirm SIM service actions â See âÂÂSIM services,â p. 118 . Help text activation â to se lect whether the phone shows help te xts
72 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Start-up tone â to select whether the phone pl ays a start -up tone when t he phone is switched on â Conn ecti vity You can c onnect your phone to compatible devices us ing an infrared c onnection, or Bluetooth wir eless technology. You can also define the s ettings for packe t data dial-up c onnections. Bluetoo t h wirele ss techn ology This devic e is comp liant with Bl uetooth S pecifi cation 2.0 E DR supp orting t he follo wing pro fil e s: SI M acc es s pr ofile , ob ject pus h pro fil e, f ile t ran sf er prof ile, dial-u p net w or king prof ile, heads et prof ile, hands -free p rofile , gen eric a ccess p rofi le, se rial po rt pr ofile, an d generic obje ct exchange profi le. To ensu re intero perabili ty b etw een other devices supp orti ng Blue too th techn ology, use N okia appro ved enhan cement s for this mode l. Che ck with the manufactu rers of other de vices to dete rmine thei r compatibility w ith this device. There may be restri ctions on using Blu etooth technolo gy in some l o cation s. Check with yo ur local autho rities or service p rovide r. Fea tures usin g Blue tooth tec hnology , or allow ing s uch features to run in the ba ckgroun d while using othe r features, increase the demand o n battery power and reduces the battery life. Bluetooth technology allow s you to connec t the phone to a compatible Bluetooth device within 10 meter s. Since devices using Bluet ooth technology communicate using radio waves, your phone and the other devices do not need to be in direct line-of-s ight, alt hough the connection can be s u bject to interference from obstruc tions such as walls or from ot her electronic devices.
73 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Set up a Bl uetoot h connectio n Select Menu > Settings > Connectivity > Bluetooth and from the f ollowing options: Bluetooth > On or Off â to activat e or deacti vate the Bluetooth function. indicat es an active Bluetooth connection. Search fo r audio enhancements â to search f or compatible Bluetooth audio devices . Select the devi ce that you want t o connect to the ph one. Pair ed devic es â t o search for any Bluetooth dev ice in range. Select New to list any Bluet ooth device in r ange. Scroll t o a devic e, and sele ct Pa i r . Enter the Bluetooth passcode of the device to associate (pair) the de vice to your phone. You only must give this passcode when you connect to the device for t he first time. Your phone connec ts to the dev ice, and you can s tart data transfer. Blueto oth wireless conne ction Select Menu > Settings > Connectivity > Bluetooth . To chec k which Bluetooth conn ections are curr ently acti ve, s elect Active device . To view a lis t of Bluet oot h devices that ar e currently pa ired wit h the phone, select P air ed devices . Select O ptions t o acce ss available options depending on t he status of the device and t he Bluetooth connection. Se lect Assign short name , Auto-con n. w ithout confirmation , D elete pairing or P air new device . Blueto oth setti ngs To define how your phone is shown to other Bluetooth dev ices, select Me nu > Settings > Connectivity > Bluetooth > Bluetooth settings > My phone 's visibility or My phone's name .
74 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. If you are conc erned abou t sec urity, turn off B luet ooth or set My phone's visibi lity to Hidden . Al ways a ccept only Bl uetoot h com munic ation from othe rs wi th w hom yo u agre e. Infrared You can s et up the phone to s end and receive da ta through its infrared (IR) port. To use a n IR connection, the device with w hich you want to es tablish a connection must be IrD A compliant. You can send or receive data to or from a c ompatible phone or dat a device (for example, a computer) t hrough the IR port of your phone. Do not poi nt the IR (infrared) beam at anyone's eyes or allow it to interfere with other I R devices. Infrared devices are Class 1 lase r products. When sending or r eceiving data, ensure that the IR ports of the sending and receiving devices are pointing at each other and that there are no obstructions between t he devices . To activate the IR port of your phone t o receive data using IR, s elect Me nu > Settings > Connectivity > Infrared . To deac tivate the IR conne ction, se lect Menu > Settings > Connectivity > Infrared . W hen the phone displays De activate infrared? , sele ct Yes . If data transfer is not st arted within 2 minut es after the a ctivation of the IR por t, the connection is canc elled and must be started again. IR connec tion i ndicat or When is shown continuous ly, the IR connection is ac tivated, and y our phone is ready to send or r eceive data t hrough its IR port. When blinks, your phone is tr ying to connect to the ot her device, or a connec tion has been lost.
75 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Packe t d ata (E GPRS) Enhanced ge neral pack et radio service (EGPRS), pa cket data, is a networ k service which allow s mobile phones t o send and re c eive data over an Internet pr otocol (IP)-based network. It enable s wireless acc ess to data networ ks such as the Internet. The applic ations that may use packe t data ar e MMS, browsing se ssions, e-mail, Push to t alk, remote SyncML, Java a pplic ation downloading, and th e PC dial-up. To defi ne how to use the s ervice, sel ect Menu > Se ttings > Connec tivity > P a cket data > P ac ket data connect ion . Select W hen needed to set the packet data connection to be established when an applicat ion needs it. T he connecti on will be clos ed when the applic ation is terminated. Select Always online to set the phone to automatically c onnect t o an packet dat a network when it is s witched on. indicat es a packet data connect ion. Packet d ata setti ngs You can c onnect the phone using an IR, a Bluetooth technology , or a data cable (CA-42) connection to a compatible PC, and use th e phone as a modem t o enable packet data connect ivity fr om the PC. To define the sett ings for connections fr om the PC, select Me nu > Settings > Connectivity > Packet data > P acke t data settings > Active access point , activa te the access point you want to use, and s elect Edit active access point . Select Alias for acc ess point , and enter a nick name for t he current ly selected access point.
76 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Select Packet data access poi nt , and enter the access point name (APN) to establish a connection to an EGPRS network. You can a lso set the dial- up service set tings (APN) on your PC us ing the Nokia Modem Options software. Se e âÂÂPC Suite,â p. 119 . If y ou have set the settings both on the PC and on your phone, the PC settings ar e used. â Enh anc em en ts This menu is shown only if the phone is or has been connected to a compatible mobile enhanc ement. Select Menu > Settings > Enhancement s . You can select an enhancement menu if the corresponding enhancement is, or has been connected to t he phone. Depending on the enhancement , select from t he following options: Default profile â to s elect the profile that y ou want to be automatically ac tivated when you connect to the s elected enhanceme nt Automatic answer â t o set t he phone to answer an incoming call automatically after 5 seconds. If Incoming call alert is set to Bee p on ce or Off , aut omatic answer is off. Lights â to set t he lights per manently On . Select Automatic to set the light s on for 15 seconds after a key press Text phone > Use text phone > Ye s â to use the text phone s ettings instead of headset or loo pset settings
77 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Conf igur ati on You can configure your phone with settings that are required for certain services to function c orrectly. The servi ces are brows er, multimedia me ssaging, remote Internet se rver synchronizat ion, presence, push to talk and e-mail applicat ion. Get the settings from your SIM card, fr om a service pr ovider as a configuration message, or enter your personal settings manually. You can store configuration settings fr om up to 20 servic e providers in t he phone and manage them with in this menu. To s ave the conf iguration settings rece ived by a c onfiguration messa ge from a service provider, s ee âÂÂConfiguration sett ings service, â p. 15 . Select Menu > Settings > Configuration and f rom the following options: Default configur ation settings â to view the service providers saved in the phone. Scroll t o a service provider, and select Details to view t he applications th at the configuration s ettings of this service provider s upport. To set t he configuration settings of the service p rovider as default settings, s elect Options > Se t as default . To delete configuration settings, select Dele te . Activate default in all applications â to ac ti va te the d efa ul t c on figu rat io n set t ing s for suppor ted applications Preferr ed access point â to view the saved access points. Scr oll to an access point, and se lect Options > Details to view the name of the service provider, data bearer, and pack et data acc ess point or GSM dial-up number. Connect to ser vice provider support â to download the c onfiguration settings from y our service provider
78 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Personal configuration settings â to add new pers onal accounts for various service s manually, a nd to acti vate or delete them. T o add a new personal account if you hav e not added any, selec t A dd new ; otherwise, s elect Options > Add new . Select the service type, and select and ent er each of the requir ed parameters . The parameters differ according to the selected se rvice type. To delete or ac tivate a personal ac count, scroll t o it, and select Options > Delete or A ctivate . â Sec urit y When security features that restrict calls are in use (such as call barring, cl osed us er grou p and fixed dia ling) calls s till ma y b e possib le to the official emer gency number progra mmed into your device. Select Menu > Settings > Security and fr om the following options: PIN code request â to set th e phone to ask for your PIN or UPIN c ode every t ime the phone is switched on. Some SIM ca rds do not allow t he code reques t to be turned off. Call barring service (n etwork service) â to r estrict incoming calls to and out going calls from your phone. A barring password is required. Fixed dialling â to res trict your outgoing calls to se lected phone numbers if this function is s upported by y our SIM card Closed user group (netw ork service) â t o specify a group of people whom you can call and who can call you Securi ty level > Phone â the phone a sks for the s ecurity code w henever a new SIM card is inserted int o the phone. Selec t Memory and the phone asks for the security
79 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. code whe n SIM card memory is selected and you want t o change the me mory in use. Access code s â to change the secur ity code, PI N code, UPIN code, PIN2 code, and barring pa ssword Code in us e â to select whether the PIN code or UPIN code should be act ive Pin2 code request â to s elect whether PIN 2 code is required when us ing a specific phone feat ure which is c overed by th e PIN2 code (depends on SIM card) â Re store fa ctory settin gs To res et some of the menu settings t o their original va lues, sele ct Men u > Settings > Restore fac tory sett. . Ent er the secur ity code. The names and phone numbers saved in Contacts are not delete d.
80 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 10 . O p e r a t o r m e n u This menu lets you ac cess a por tal to services provided by your net work oper ator. The name a nd the icon depe nd on the operator. For more information contact your network operator. If this menu is not s hown the following menu numbe rs change accordingly. The operat or can update this menu wit h a service message. For more informat ion, see âÂÂServic e inbox, â p. 112 .
81 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 1 1. Galler y In this menu you ca n manage graphics, images, recordings , video clips, themes, and t ones. These files are arranged in folder s. Your phone support s an activat ion key system t o protect acquired cont ent. Always check t he delivery t erms of any c ontent and activation k ey before acq uiring them, as th ey may be subject to a f ee. Co pyright prot ections may preven t som e ima ges, m usi c (incl uding ringi ng tone s), and othe r content from b eing copied, modified, transferred or fo rwarded. The files stored in Gallery use a memory t hat may have a capaci ty of approximately 3 MB. To s ee the list of folders, select Me nu > G allery . To s ee the a vailable options of a folder, se lect a folder > Opt ions . To vie w the list of files in a f older, sele ct a folder > Ope n . To s ee the a vailable options of a file, s elect a f ile > Options .
82 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 12. Media Co pyright prot ections ma y prev ent som e im age s, ring ing tone s, an d o ther content from b eing copied, modified, transferred or fo rwarded. â Camera You can t ake photos or record video clips with the built-in camer a. The c amera produces pi ctures in JPEG format and vide o clips in 3GP format. When taking and using images or video clips, obey all laws and respe ct local customs as well as pri vacy and legi tim ate rights of other s. Your dev ice supports an image capture resolution of 640 x 480 pixel. The image reso lution in these materials may appear different. Take a ph oto Select Menu > M edia > Camera . To take a photo, s elect Capture or press the camera r elease key. The phone sa ves the phot o in Gallery > Images . T o take another photo, select Ba ck ; to send the phot o as a multimedia message , select Send . To view the options, select Options . To take a self -portrait, close the fold and us e the mini display as a v iew finder. Press the camera release key.
83 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Record a video clip Select Menu > M edia > Camera . To select the video mode, scroll left or right, or sel ect Options > Video ; select Record or press the camera release key. To pause the record ing, select Pa u s e ; t o resume th e recording, select Continue . To stop the recording, select Stop. The phone s aves the r ecording in Gallery > Video clips . To view t he options, s elect Options . â Radio The FM radio d epe nds on an antenna other tha n the w ireless devices antenna . A comp atible headset or enhanceme nt needs to be attached to the de vice for the FM radi o to function pro pe rly . War ning: Li sten to mus ic at a m oderate level. C ontinuous e xposure to high volume may damage your heari n g. Do not hold the device near your ear when the loud speaker is in use, be cause the vol ume may be extre mely loud . Select Menu > M edia > Radio . To use the grap hical keys , , , or on the display, scroll lef t or right to the desired key, and s elect it. To change th e volume, press the volume keys. Save ra dio c han nels 1. To s tart the cha nnel search, s elect and hold or . To change t he radio frequency in 0. 05 MHz steps , briefly press or . 2. To s ave the channel to a memor y locat ion, 1 to 9, pr ess and hold t he corresponding number key. To save the channel in t he memory location from 10 to 20, press briefly 1 or 2 , and press and hold the desired number key, 0 to 9 .
84 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 3. Enter t he name of t he channel, and select OK . Li st en t o th e ra dio Select Menu > M edia > Radio . To sc roll to the desired channel, select or or press the headset key To select a r adio channel location, briefly press the corresponding number keys. Select O ptions and from the following options: Switch off â to turn off the r adio Save chan nel â t o save a new channel, and e nter the channels name Channels â to sele ct the lis t of saved channels . To dele te or r ename a channel, scroll to t he desired c hannel, and se lect Options > D elete channel or Rename . Mono output or Stereo output â to listen to the radio in monophonic sound or in ster e o Loudspeaker or Headset â to listen to the radio using the loudspeaker or headset. Keep the headset connected t o the phone. The lead of the headset functions as the radio antenna. Set frequency â to enter the f requency of the desired radio channel You can normally make a c all or answer an incoming c all while listening to the radio. During the call, the volume of the radio is muted. When an application using a packet data or HSCSD connect ion is sending or receiving da ta, it may interfere w ith the radio.
85 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Recor d er You can record pieces of speech, sound, or an a ctive call for 5 minutes. The recorder cannot be used when a data call or packet data connect i on is active. Record so und 1. Select Menu > M edia > Re co r de r . To us e the graphical keys, , , or , on the displa y, scroll le ft or right t o the desired key, and select it. 2. To s tart the recor ding, select . To start the recording during a c all, selec t Options > Re cord . While recording a ca ll, all par ties to the c all hear a faint beeping s ound about every 2 seconds. When recording a call, hold the phone in the normal position near to your ear . 3. To end t he recording, select . The reco rding is saved in Gallery > Recordings . 4. To lis ten to the lat est recording, sele ct Options > Play last recorded . 5. To s end the last r ecording using a multimedia message, Bluetooth technology, or IR, select Options > Send last recorde d . Li st o f rec ordi ng s Select Menu > Media > Recorder > O ptions > Recor dings list . The list of folders in the Gallery is shown. Open Recordings to see the list with recordings. Select Options to select options for files in the Galle ry . See âÂÂG allery,â p. 81 .
86 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 13. Organis er â Alar m cl ock You can s et the phone to alarm at a desired time. Select Men u > Organiser > Alarm clock . To set the ala rm, select Alarm time , and enter the alarm time. To change the alarm time when the alarm time is set, select On . To set the phone to alert you on selec ted days of the we ek, selec t Repeat alar m . To s elect the al arm tone or set a radio c hannel as t he alarm tone, select Alarm tone . If you select the radio as an alarm tone, connect t he headset to the phone. The phone uses the las t channel you listened to as the alarm, and the ala rm plays through t he loudspeaker. If you remov e the headset or switch off the phone, the default a larm tone replaces the radio. To set a snooze time-out, select Snooze time-out . Stop t he ala rm The phone sounds an a lert tone, and f lashes Alarm! and the current time on t he display, even if the phone was switched off. To stop the alar m, select Stop or open the phone. If you let the phone continue to sound the alarm for a minut e or select Snooze , the alarm st ops for the selected s nooze time-out a nd then resumes . If the alarm tim e is reached while the device is switche d off, the devi ce s witc hes itsel f on and s tart s soundi n g th e al arm to ne. If yo u sele ct Stop , the device asks w hether you want to
87 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. activate the devi ce for calls. Select No to switch off the device or Ye s to make and receiv e calls. Do not sele ct Yes when wirel e ss phon e use may cau se interf erenc e o r dang er. â Calenda r Select Menu > Organiser > Calendar . The c urrent day is indicated by a frame. If there are any notes set for the day, the day is in bold type. T o vie w the day not es, select View . To vi ew a week , select Options > Week view . To delete all notes in the calendar, select the mo nth or week view, and select Options > Delete all notes . Other options for the day v iew may be Make a not e , Dele te , Edit , Mo ve , or Repeat a note; Copy a not e to another day ; Send n ot e as text message, multimedia message, w ith IR, or Bluet ooth technology to t he calendar of anot her compatible phone. In Settings you can set the date and t ime settings. In Au to- dele te no tes you can set the p hone to delete old notes automatically after a specified time. Mak e a c al endar not e Select Menu > Organis er > Calendar . Scroll to t he date y ou want, an d select Options > Make a n ot e and one of the follow ing note types : Meeting , Call , Birthday , Memo , or Reminder . A no te ala rm The phone beeps and dis plays the not e. With a call note on the dis play, to call the displayed number, pres s the call key. To stop the alar m and t o view t he note,
88 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. sel ect Vi ew . To stop t he alarm for approximate ly 10 minutes, select Snooze . To stop t he alarm without vie wing the not e, select Exit . â To-do li st To s ave notes for tasks that you must do, select Menu > Organ iser > To-do list . To creat e a note if no note is added, selec t Add not e ; otherwise, select Options > Add . Write the note, and select the priorit y, the deadline, and t he alarm type for the note. Then select Save . To view a note, sc roll to it, and select View . You can also select an option to delete the selected note and de lete all the notes that you have marke d as done. You can sort the notes by priority or by deadline, send a note to another phone as a text message or a mult imedia message, using Bluetoot h or IR, save a note as a calendar note, or access t he calendar . While vi ewing a note, you can also s elect a n option to edit the deadline or pr i ority for the note or mark the note as done. â Notes To use t his application f or writing and s ending notes, select Men u > O rganiser > Notes . To c reate a note if no note is added, select Add note ; otherwise, se lect Options > Make a n ot e . Write a note, and select Save . Other opt ions for notes include deleting, and editing a not e. While edit ing a note, you can also exit th e text editor wit hout saving the cha nges. You can send the note to compatible dev ices using a t ext message , a multimedia mes sage, Bluetooth technology, or IR. If t he note is too long to send as a text mes sage, the phone as ks you to dele te the appropr iate number of charac ters from your note.
89 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Sync hroniz ati on Synchronization allow s you to sa ve your calendar and Contacts data on a r emote Internet se rver (network s ervice) or on a c ompatible PC. If y ou want to s ave data on the remote Internet server, to synchronize your phone, start the synchronization from your phone. T o synchronize the data in the phone contact s, calendar, a nd notes to c orrespond with t he data of your compa tible PC, start t he synchronization from the PC. The contact dat a in your SIM car d is not synchronized. Answering an incoming call during sy nchronization ends the synchronization, and you m ust rest a rt i t. Synch r onize fro m you r phone Before synchronizing from your phone, you must do the following: ⢠Subscribe to a synchr onization service. For details, cont act y our service provi der. ⢠Retrieve the synchr onization settings from your serv ice provider. See âÂÂSynchronization se ttings,â p. 90 . To start the synchronization f rom your phone, do the following: 1. Select the configuration s ettings you ne ed for the synchr onization. See âÂÂSynchronization se ttings,â p. 90 . 2. Select Menu > Organis er > Sy nc > Server sync > Data to be synchronised . Mark the data to be synchronized.
90 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 3. Select Menu > Organis er > Sy nc > Server sync > Synchronise . T he marked data of the active set is synchronized after confirmation. Synchronizing for the first t ime or after an interrupted s ynchronization may t ake up to 30 minutes to complete, if the contacts or calendar are full. Synchroniza tion settings You may receive the configuration settings required for synchronization as a configuration mes sage fr om the network ope rator or ser vice provider. To manage the configuration settings, s ee âÂÂConfiguration,â p. 77 . 1. Select Menu > Organis er > Sy nc > Server sync > Sync settings and from the following options: Configuration â O nly the configurations that support t he synchronization are shown. Select a service provider, Default , or Pe rsonal config. for synchronization. Account â Select a synchronization s ervice account contained in the activ e configuration settings. 2. Select PC sync settings to enter the settings for s erver alerted s ynchronization. Se t the U ser name and Pa s s w o r d . The us er name and pas sword must be t he same in the phone a nd in the PC.
91 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Synchronize from a compatible PC To synchronize Co nt ac t s , Calendar , and No tes from a compa tible PC, use an IR, a Bluetooth technology, or data c able connect ion. You also nee d Nokia PC Suite software of your phone installed on the PC. St art the synchronization f rom the PC using Nokia PC Suite. â Calc ulator The c alculator in your phone adds, s ubtracts, multiplies, divides, c alculates the squar e and t he square root and converts cur rency values. Note : This calc ulator has limite d accur acy and is designe d for simple calcula tions. Select Menu > Organis er > Calculator . W hen 0 is displayed on the screen, ent er the first number in the calculation. Press # for a decimal point . Select Options > Add , Subt ract , M ultiply , Divide , Square , Square root , or Change sign . Enter th e second number. For a total, s elect Equals . Repeat this sequence as many times as it is neces sary. To start a new calculation, f irst select and hold Clear . To perf orm a cu rrency conversion, select Men u > Or ganise r > Calculat or . T o sav e the exchange rate, select Options > Ex change rate . Sele ct eit her of th e displayed options. Ent er the ex change rate, press # fo r a decimal point , and sele ct OK . The exchange rate remains i n the memory unt il you replace it with anot her one. To perform t he currency conversion, e nter the amount to be conv erted, and select Options > In domes tic or In for eign . Note : When you change bas e currency, you must ent er the new rates becau se all previousl y set exchange rate s are set to zero.
92 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Stop wat ch To meas ure time, tak e intermediat e times, or t ake lap t imes, use the stopwatch. During timi ng, the other functions of the phone can be use d. To set the stopwatch timing i n the background, press the end key. Using the stop watch or allowi ng it to run in the backgro und whe n using other fe atures incr ease s the dema nd on batt ery powe r an d redu ces t he ba ttery lif e. Select Menu > Organis er > Stopwatch and f rom the following options: Split timing â to t ake intermediat e times. T o start t he time obser vation, select Start . Select Split every time t hat you want to take a n interme diate time. T o stop the time obs ervation, s elect Stop. To save the measured time, s elect Save . To start the time observation again, select Options > St ar t . The new time is added to the previous time. To reset the time w ithout saving it, select Re se t . To se t th e stopwat ch timing in the background, press the end k ey. Lap timing â t o take lap times. T o set the s topwatch timing in the background, press the end key. Continue â to view t he timing that you have set in the backgr ound Show last â to view t he most recently meas ured time if the st opwatch is not r eset View times or D elete times â to view or delete the save d times â Coun tdown t ime r Select Menu > Organis er > T imer . Enter the alar m time in hours, minutes, a nd sec ond s, an d se l ect OK . If you wi sh, write your own note text that is displayed
93 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. when t he time expir es. To sta rt the countdow n timer, select Start . To chan ge the countdown ti me, select Change time . To s top the t imer, select Stop timer . If the alarm time is reached when t he phone is in the s tandby mode, the phone sounds a t one and fl ashes the note text if it is set or Countdo wn time up . T o stop the ala rm, press any key. If no key is pressed, the alarm automatical ly stops within 30 seconds. To stop the alarm and to delete the not e text, select Exit . To re start the countdown timer, s elect Rest art .
94 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 14. Applicat ions â Games Your phone soft ware includes some games. Lau n ch a ga me Select Menu > Applications > Games . Scroll to the desired game, and select Op en . For options related to a game, see â Other application options,â p. 95 . Gam e dow n loa ds Select Menu > Applicat ions > Options > Downloads > Game downloads . The list of available bookmarks is shown. Selec t More bookmarks to access the lis t of bookmar ks in t he Web me nu. See âÂÂBookma rks,â p. 111 . Important: O nly install and use applicatio ns and ot her software from sources that offer adequate security and protection aga inst harmful software. Gam e sett in gs To s et sounds, lights, and shakes f or the game, select Menu > Applications > Options > A pp. settings .
95 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Colle ction Your phone soft ware includes some Java applic ations specially des igned for t his Nokia phone. Launch an ap plication Select Menu > A pplications > Collection . Sc roll to an applic ation, and selec t Open . Othe r ap plicat ion optio ns Delete â to delete t he application or application set from t he phone Move â to move a n application or game to an other folder Details â t o view a dditional information about t he applicat ion Update ve rsion â to check if a ne w version of t he applicat ion is availa ble for download fr om Web (network service) App. access â to res trict the appli cation f rom accessi ng the networ k. Differ ent categories are shown. Select in each category, if available, one of the following permissions: Ask every time to se t th e ph one to a lw ays a sk fo r ne two rk acc ess , Ask first time only to set the phone to ask for network acc ess only on the first attempt, Always allowed to allow t he network a ccess, or Not allowed to not allow the networ k access . Web page â to provide fur ther information or addit ional data for t he application from an Internet page. This feature mus t be supported by t he network. It is only shown if an Internet address has been provi ded with t he applicat ion.
96 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Dow nload an appli catio n Your phone supports J2ME TM Java applic ations. Make s ure that the application is compatible wit h your phone bef ore downloading it . Important: O nly install and use applicatio ns and ot her software from sources that offer adequate security and protection aga inst harmful software. You can dow nload new Ja va applications in different wa ys. Select Menu > Applications > Options > Downloads > App. do w nloads . The list of available bookmarks is shown. Select M or e bookmarks to access the list of bookmar ks in t he Web me nu. Select the appropriate bookmark to c onnect to the desired page. For the availability of different services, pricing, and t ariffs, contact your service provider. Select Menu > Web > D ownloads . Download an appropriate applic ation or game. See âÂÂDownload files ,â p. 112 . Use the game download function. See âÂÂG ame downloads,â p. 94 . Use t he Nokia Application Installer in PC Suite to download the applications to your phone. Your device may have s ome bookmark s loade d for site s not a ffiliated with No kia. Noki a does not warrant or endors e these sites. If you choose to access them, yo u should tak e the same precautions, for security or con tent, as you would with an y Internet site.
97 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 15. Push to talk Push to t alk (PTT) ov er cellular is a two-way radio service available over a G SM/GPRS cellular network (net work service). PT T provides dir ect voice communication. T o connect to, press the PTT ke y. You can us e PTT to ha ve a conver sation with one person or with a group of people having compatible devices. When your call is connected, the person or group you are calling does not have to a nswer the phone. The participants should confirm the reception of any communications wher e appropriate, as there i s no other confirmation w hether the recipients have hea rd the call. To che ck availabilit y and cos ts, and to subs cribe to t he service , contact y our network operator or service provider. Roaming services may be more limi ted than for normal call s. Before y ou can use the PTT service, y ou must define the required PT T service settings. Se e âÂÂPTT set tin gs,â p. 106 . While you are connected to the PTT service, you can use the other functions of the phone. The PTT over c ellular service is not connect ed to traditiona l voice communication, and therefore ma ny of th e services av ailable for t raditional voic e calls (for example, voice mailbox) are not available for PTT over cellular communications.
98 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Pus h to ta lk men u Select Menu > Push to talk . ⢠To conne ct to or disconnect from the PTT serv ice, select Switch PTT on or Switch PTT off . ⢠To vie w the rece ived ca llback requests , select Callback inbox . ⢠To vie w the list of PTT groups, select Group list . ⢠To vie w the list of contacts to which y ou have added the PTT addr ess receiv ed from th e service provider, select Contacts list . ⢠To add a new PTT group to the phone, select Add group . ⢠To set the PTT settings for use, selec t PTT settings . ⢠To set the required settings for the PTT connection, select C onfig. setti ngs . ⢠To open the browser a nd to connec t to the PTT network portal provided by th e service provider, selec t Web . â Conn ect t o PTT To conne ct to the PTT serv ice, select Men u > Push to talk > Sw itch PTT on . indicat es the PTT connection. indicates th at the service is temporarily unavailable. The phone automatically tries to reconnect to the service until you disconnect from the PTT service. If yo u have added groups to t he phone, you ar e automatically joined to t he active ( Default or Listened ) groups, and the name of the default group is displayed in the standby mode. To dis connect from t he PTT ser vice, se lect Switch PTT off .
99 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Make and r eceive a P T T call Set the phone to use the loudspeaker or earpiece for PTT communication. Warn ing: Do not ho ld the dev ice near yo ur ear whe n the loud speake r is in use , because the vol ume may be extre mely loud. When connected to th e PTT service , you can ma ke or rec eive dial out calls, group calls or one-to-one calls . One-to-one calls are c alls you mak e to only one pe rson. Make a dial out PTT call For a dial- out PTT call you ca n select multiple PT T contacts from the cont act lis t. The recipi ents get an incoming call and need to ac cept the ca ll in order t o participate. A dial out call creates a temporary group and the participants join this group only f or the durat ion of the ca ll. After the call the temporary dial out group is de leted. Select Menu > Push to talk > Contacts list and mark t he desired c ontacts for t he dial-out call. The ic on behind the contact in the lis t denotes current login status: , , or indicat e that the per son is either a vailable, unavaila ble, or unk nown, indicat es that the login stat us is not available. The login s tatus is only available fo r subscribed cont acts. To change the subscribed contact s, select Op tions and from the available contact list opt ions, Subscribe contact or Uns ubscr . contact , or if one or more contacts are already marked Subs cribe marked or U nsubscr. marked . Press the PTT key briefl y to start the dial-out call. The ma rked contacts are ca lled by the PT T service, and the joi ning contacts are shown on t he display. Press and
100 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. hold the PTT key t o talk to t he joined cont acts. Releas e the PTT k ey to he ar the response. Press the end-key t o terminate t he dial-out call. Make a gr oup call To mak e a call to t he default group, press the PTT key. A tone sounds, indicating that the access is granted, and the phone displays your nickname and group name. To mak e a call to a non default group, select G roup list in the PTT menu, scroll to the desired group, and press the PTT key. Press and hold the PTT key t he ent ire time you ar e talking, and hold t he phone in front of you so t hat you can s ee the display. When you have f inished, release the PTT key. Talking is allowed on a f irst-come, fi rst-served ba sis. When someone stops talki ng, th e first person to press the PTT ke y can ta lk next. Ma ke a o ne-to-on e cal l To s tart a one-to-one c all from t he list of cont acts to which you have added the PTT address, select Contacts list . Scroll to a contact, and press the PTT key. You can also select the contact from Cont acts . To start a one-to-one c all from the lis t of PTT groups, select Group list , and s croll to the desired group. Select Options > A c tive members , s croll to t he desired contact, and pr ess the PTT key. To s tart a one-to -one call from t he list of callback reques ts you have received , sel ect Callback inbox . Scroll to t he desired nic kname, and pres s the PTT key.
101 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Receive a PTT call A short tone notifies you of an inc oming group and one-to-one call. When receiving a group call, the group name and the nic kname of the caller are displaye d. When receiving a one-to-one call f rom a person whose information you have s aved in Contacts , the save d name is displaye d if identif ied; otherwise, only the nickname of the caller is displaye d. You can either accept or reject an incoming one-to-one call if you have set the phone to f irst notify you of the one-t o-one calls. If you pr ess the PTT k ey to tr y to respond t o a group while a nother member is talking, you he ar a queuing tone, and Que uing is displayed as long as you pres s the PTT key. Press and hold the PTT key , and wait for the other person to finish ; then you can ta lk. â Callba ck requ est s If you make a one-t o-one call and do not get a response, you can s end a request for t he person t o call you back. When someone sends you a callback request, Callback request rece ived is displaye d in the st andby mode. W hen you receive a c allback request f rom someone who is not in y our contacts lis t, you can s ave the name to your Contacts .
102 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Send a callback request You can s end a callbac k request in t he following ways : ⢠To s end a callback request from th e contacts lis t in the Push to talk menu, sel ect Contacts list . Scroll to a cont act, and select Options > Se nd callback . ⢠To send a callbac k request from Contacts , searc h for the des ired contact, sele ct Options > Contact details , scroll to the PTT address, and select Options > Send callback . ⢠To s end a callback request from th e group list in t he PTT menu, select Group list , and s croll to the desired gr oup. Select Options > A ctive member s , scroll t o the desired contact, and select Opt ions > Send callback . ⢠To s end a callback request from t he callback request l ist in the Pus h to talk menu, s elect Callback inbox . Scr oll to a contac t, and select Options > Send callback . Respo nd to a callback request 1. To open the Callback inbox , s elect View . The list of nicknames of the persons who have sent you call back requests is shown. 2. To mak e a one-t o-one call, pres s the PTT key. 3. To s end a call reques t back to the se nder, select Options > Se nd callback . To delete the request, select Delet e .
103 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Save the callback request sender 1. To open the Callback inbox , s elect View . The list of nicknames of the persons who have sent you call back requests is shown. 2. To vie w the s ender's PTT address, s elect Options > View PTT address . To s ave a new contact or to add the PTT address to a c ontact, select Options > Save as or Add to contact . â Add a o n e-to -one con tact You can s ave the names of pers ons to whom you oft en make one- to-one calls in the following ways: ⢠To add a PTT address to a name in Con t act s , search for the desire d contact, and sel ect Options > Add detail > PTT address . ⢠To add a contact t o the PTT c ontacts list, select Menu > Push to talk > Contacts list > Opti ons > Add contact . ⢠To add a contact fr om the group lis t, connect to the PTT service, selec t G roup list , and scroll to the des ired group. Select Options > Active members . Scroll to the member whose cont act informat ion you want to save, a nd select Options . To add a new cont act, select Save as . To add a PTT address to a name in Contacts , sele ct Add to contact . â Cre ate a nd set u p gr ou ps When you call a group, all membe rs joined to the group hear t he call simultaneously.
104 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Each membe r in the group is identified by a nickname, which is s hown as a caller identificat ion. Group memb ers can choos e a nickname for themselve s in each group. Groups are registered with a URL addres s. One user registers the group U RL in t he network by joining the group session th e first time. There are three types of PTT groups: ⢠Provi sioned groups are c losed groups that allow only selec ted partic ipants provi sioned by the s ervice pr ovider to join. ⢠Ad hoc gr oups are groups that the user s can c reate. You can creat e your own group, and invite members to t he group. ⢠Ad hoc pr o groups are gr oups you can cr eate from me mbers in a pr ovisioned group. For example, a business can hav e a clos ed group and separate groups created for certain business functions. Add a grou p Select Menu > Push to talk > Add group and from the following options: Guided â to add a new group. To set t he securit y level for t he group, select Public group or Private group . If you select Private group , t he phone automatically creates a scrambled part to the group addr ess that t he members cannot view when they receive the invitation to the group. Only the person who creates the private group can invit e more members t o the group. Enter the name for the group. Select Default , Listened , or In ac ti v e . T he phone indicates that t he group is save d and its stat us. De fault and List ened are active groups. When you press the
105 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. PTT ke y to make a group ca ll, the default group is called i f you have not sc rolled to any ot her group or contact. To s end an invitation to t he group, select Ye s when t he phone requests it. You can s end the invi tation using a text me ssage, Bluetooth technology or IR. The membe rs you invit e to the public groups can also inv ite more members to the group. Manual â to join a n existing group . Enter the group addr ess. Select Default , Listened , or Inactive . The phone indicat es that the group is sav ed and its s tatus. Default and Listened are active groups. When you press the PTT key to make a group call, the default group is called if you hav e not scrolled to any other group or contact. Receive an invitation 1. When you receive a text mess age invitation to a group, Group invitation receive d: is displayed. 2. To vie w the nickname of the per son who sent the invitation and t he group address if the group is not a priva te group, select View . 3. To add the group t o your phone, select Save . To set t he status fo r the group, sel ect Default , List ened , or Inactive . To rejec t the invitation, sel ect Exit > Yes , or select View > Disc ard > Yes .
106 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â PTT s ett in gs There ar e two kinds of PTT se ttings: settings for conne cting to the service and settings for use . You may rec eive the settings for connecting t o the service from your network opera tor or service provider. See âÂÂC onfiguration settings service,â p. 15 . Yo u ca n enter th e settings manual ly. Se e âÂÂC onfiguration,â p. 77 . To s elect the s ettings for connec ting to the service, s elect Menu > Push to talk > Config. settings and from the follow ing options: Configuration â to select a servi ce provide r, Default , or P ersonal config. f or PTT service . Only the c onfigurations that s upport the PTT service are shown. Account â to s elect a PTT service ac count contained in the active configuration settings PTT user name , Default nickname , PTT password , Domain , and Server addres s To edit t he PTT set tings for use, s elect Menu > Push to talk > PTT s etting s . To select the phone to allow t he reception of incoming one-to-one calls, select 1 to 1 calls > On . To make but not receive one-to-one calls, s elect Off . The service provider may offer s ome services t hat overr ide these s ettings. To set the phone t o first notif y you of incoming one-to-one calls with a ringing tone, select Not ify . To activate the listened groups, select Lis tened groups > On . To s et the phone to aut omatically connec t to the PTT service when you swit ch the phone on, s elect PTT status in startup > Ye s . To hide your PTT addres s from group and one-to-one calls , select Send my PTT address > No .
107 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 16. We b You can access various mobile Internet services with your phone browser. Important: Use only services that you trus t and that offer adequate se curity and protection against harmful software. Check th e availability of these s ervices, prici ng, tari ffs, and instruc tions with your service provider. With t he phone browser y ou can view the servic es that use w ireless mar kup language (WML) or extensible hyp ertext markup language ( XHTML) on t he ir pages. Appearance may va ry due to s creen size. You may not be able t o view all details of t he Internet pages . â Set up brow sing You may receive the configuration settings required for browsing as a configuration mes sage fr om the service prov ider that o ffers the servic e that you want to use. See âÂÂConfiguration settings service,â p. 15 . You can als o enter all the configuration s ettings manually. See âÂÂConfiguration, â p. 77 . â Conn ect t o a se rvice First, ve rify that t he correc t configuration settings of the ser vice that you want to use a re activat ed.
108 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 1. To s elect the s ettings for connec ting to the service, s elect Menu > Web > Settings > Configuration settings . 2. Select Configuration . Only the conf igurations that support browsing se rvice are shown. Select a service provider, Default , or P er sonal config. for brow sing. See âÂÂSet up br owsing,â p. 107 . Select Account and a brows ing service account contained in the ac tive configuration settings. Select Display terminal window > Ye s to perf orm manual user aut hentication for intr anet connections. Secondly, make a conne ction to the service in one of t he following ways : â¢S e l e c t Me nu > Web > Home ; or in the standby mode, p ress and hold 0 . ⢠To s elect a bookmar k of the service, s elect Menu > Web > Bookmarks . ⢠To s elect the la st URL, s elect Menu > We b > Last we b address . ⢠To enter the addres s of the service, selec t Menu > Web > Go to address , en ter the address of t he service, and select OK . â Brows e pag es After you ma ke a connect ion to the service, you can start browsing its pages. The function of t he phone ke ys may v ary in differ ent services . Follow th e text guides on the phone display. For more informat ion, contact your service provide r. If packet data is selected as the data bearer, is shown on the top lef t of the display during browsing. If you rec eive a call or a text message, or make a call
109 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. during a packet data connection, is shown on the top right of t he display to indicat e that the pack et data connec tion is suspe nded (on hold). After a call t he phone t ries to reco nnect the pack et data connec tion. Brows e with ph one keys Use t he navigation keys to brows e through the page. To s elect a highlighte d item, pres s the call k ey, or select Select . To enter letters and numbers, press the keys, 0 to 9 . To enter spe cial chara cters, press * . Options wh ile brows ing Nokia. com, H ome , Shortcuts , A dd bookmar k , Bookmar ks , Page options , Histo ry , Downloads , O ther options , Relo ad , and Quit may be available . The service provide r may als o offer other options. A cache is a memory location th at is us ed to store data temporaril y. If you have tried to access or have acces sed confide ntial informatio n requiring passwords, em p ty the cache after each use. The in formation or service s you have access ed is stored i n the cache. To empty the cache , see âÂÂCache memory,â p. 114 . Direct callin g The browse r supports functions th at you can access while b rowsing. You can make a phone c all, send DTMF tones while a voice call is in progress, and save a name and a phone number from a page .
110 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Appear ance set tin gs While browsing, select O ptions > Other options > Appear . settings ; or in the standby mode , select Me nu > Web > Se ttings > Appearance setti ngs and from the following options: Text wrapping > On â t o set the text to continue on the next line on the display. If you select Of f , the text is abbreviated. Font size > Extra small , Small , or Medium â t o se t th e font s ize Show images > No â to hide pictures on the page. This can sp eed up the browsing of pages that contain a lot of pictures . Alerts > Alert for unsecure connection > Ye s â to set the pho ne to aler t when an encrypt ed connection changes to unencrypted during browsing. Alerts > Alert for unsecure items > Yes â to se t th e phone to alert w hen an encrypt ed page contains an unsecure item. These alerts do not guarantee a secure connection. F or more inf ormation, see âÂÂBrowser secu rity , â p. 114 . Character encoding > Content encoding â to s elect the enc oding for the browser page content Character encoding > Unicode (UTF-8) web addresses > On â to se t the p hone to send a URL as a UTF -8 encoding. You may need th is setting when y ou access a Web page c reated in for eign language. Screen size > Full or Small â to set th e screen s ize
111 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Cookie s A cookie is data t hat a site saves in t h e cache memory of your phone. C oo kies are save d until you clear the ca che memory. See âÂÂCache memor y,â p. 114 . While brows ing, select Options > Other opt ions > Securit y > Cookie s ettings ; or in the standby mode, s elect Menu > We b > Set t ings > Security se ttings > Cookies . To allow or prevent t he phone from receiving cookies , select Allo w or Reject . â Scr ipts o ver se cure c onnect ion You can select whether t o allow the running of scripts from a secure page. The phone supports WML s cripts. 1. While browsing, select O ptions > Other options > Sec urity settings > Script settings ; or in the standby mode, select Menu > We b > Settings > Security settings > Scripts ov er secure c onnection . 2. To allow the scripts , select Allo w . â Bookmar ks You can save page addresses as book marks in the phone memory. 1. While browsing, select O ptions > Bookmarks ; or in the s tandby mode, select Menu > Web > Bookmarks . 2. Scrol l to a bookmar k, and select it; or pr ess the ca ll key t o make a c onnection to the page assoc iated with t he bookmark.
112 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 3. Select O ptions to view, edit , delete, or send the book mark; creat e a new bookmar k; or s ave the bookmark to a folder. Your device may have s ome bookmark s loade d for site s not a ffiliated with No kia. Noki a does not warrant or endors e these sites. If you choose to access them, yo u should tak e the same precautions, for security or con tent, as you would with an y Internet site. Receive a bookm ark When you have receiv ed a bookmar k that is sent as a bookmark, 1 bookmark receive d is d isplayed. T o save the book mark, select Show . To dis card the bookmar k directly after you have receiv ed the book mark, select Exit . â Down load f iles To downloa d more tones, images , games, or applications to your phone (network ser vi ce) , se le ct Menu > Web > D ownloads > Tone downloads , Grap hic downloads , Game downloads , Video downloads , T heme downloads , or App. downloads . Important: O nly install and use applicatio ns and ot her software from sources that offer adequate security and protection aga inst harmful software. To save all downloaded files aut omatic ally in t h e appropriate folder in Galler y or in Applications , select Menu > Web > Settings > Downloading settings > Automatic saving > On . â Serv ice in box The phone is able to r eceive s ervice messages (pushed messages) s ent by your service provider (networ k service ). Serv ice mes sages are notifications (for
113 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. example, news headlines ) and they may contain a t ext messa ge or an address of a servi ce. To acc ess th e Service inbox in the s tandby mode, whe n you have r eceived a service message, s elect Sh ow . If you sele ct Exit , t he message is moved to t he Serv ice inbox . To acc ess the Ser vice inbox lat er, se lec t Me nu > Web > Servic e inbox . To a cce ss the Service inbox while browsing, select Opti ons > Other options > Service inbox . Scroll to t he message y ou want, and to acti vate the browser and download t he marked cont ent, select Retrieve . To display detailed inf ormation on the service notific ation or to delete the message, select Opti ons > Details or Delete . Se rv ic e i nb ox set tin g s Select Menu > Web > Se ttings > Servic e inbox settings . To set whet her you want to receive servic e message, select Service messages > On or Of f . To s et the phone to r eceive service messages only from cont ent authors approved by th e servic e provider, s elect Message f ilter > On . T o view t he list of t he approved co nte nt a utho rs, se lect Trusted channels . To s et the phone to aut omatically act ivate the browser from t he standby mode when the phone has received a service message, select Au t omatic connection > On . If you select Off , the phone a ctivates the browser only after you s elect Retrieve when the phone has receiv ed a service mes sage.
114 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Cac he memo ry A cache is a memory location th at is us ed to store data temporaril y. If you have tried to access or have acces sed confide ntial informatio n requiring passwords, em p ty the cache after each use. The in formation or service s you have access ed is stored i n the cache. To empty the cache, while browsing, select Options > Other options > Clear th e cac he ; in the standby mode, s elect Me nu > Web > Cl ear the cache . â P os ition ing in forma tion The network may send you a loc ation request. You can ensure that the net work delivers location information of your phone only if you approve it (network service ). Contact your service provider to subs cribe and to agree upon the deliver y of location information. To ac cept or reject the location request, select Ac cept or Reject . If y ou miss the request, t he phone automatical ly acc epts or rejects it accor ding to what you have agreed with your network operator or service provider. The ph one displays 1 missed position reques t . To view the missed location request, select Show . To vie w the informat ion on the 10 most recent privac y notificat ions and reques ts or to delete them, select Men u > Web > P ositioning > P os ition log > O pen folder or Delete all . â Browse r securi ty Security features may be required for some service s, such as online banki ng or shopping. For such connec tions you need s ecurity ce rtificates and pos sibly a
115 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. security module , which may be available on your SIM car d. For mor e information, contact your service provider. Secur ity module The s ecurity module impro ves security servic es for applicat ions requiring a browser connec tion, and allows you to use a digital signature . The security module may cont ain certifica tes as well as pr ivate and public keys. The certific ates are save d in the secur ity module by t he service provider. Select Menu > Web > Setti ngs > Secur ity se ttings > Se curity module settings and from the f ollowing options: Security module details â to show the security module title, status, manufactu rer, and se rial number Module PIN request â to set the phone to as k for the module PIN when us ing service s provided by t he security module. Ent er the code, and select On . To disable the module PIN request, select Off . Change module PIN â to cha nge the module PIN, if allowed by the s ecurity module. Ent er the c urrent module PIN code, then e nter the new code twice. Change signing PIN â to change t he signing PIN code for the digital signature. Select t he signing PIN you want to chan ge. Enter the current PIN code, then the new code twice. See als o âÂÂAccess codes, â p. 14 .
116 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Certificates Important: Note that even if the us e o f certif icates makes the ris ks involve d in remote connections and software installation cons iderably s maller, they must be used correctly in order to benefit from increased security. The existence of a certif icate doe s not offer a n y protecti on b y itse lf; the certifi ca te manag er must contain correct , authentic, or trus ted certificates for increa s ed security to be available. Certifi cates have a restricted lifetime. If Expired certificate or Certificate not val id yet is s hown even i f the certificate s hould be va lid, check that the cu rrent date and ti me in your device are correct. Before changing any certificat e settings, yo u must make sure that you really trust the owne r of the certi ficate and that the cer tifica te really belon gs to the lis ted owne r. There are three kinds of certificates: server certificat es, authority certific ates, and user ce rtificates. You may receiv e these cer tificates from y our servic e provider. Authority certificates a nd user cer tificates may also be s aved in the s ecurity module by the service provider. To vie w the list of the authority or user c ertificates downloade d into your phone, sel ect Menu > We b > Setti ngs > Securit y settings > Authority ce rtificates or User certificat es . The s ecurity indicator is display ed during a connect ion, if the data transmission between the phone and the content server is encrypted. The security ic on does not indica te that the data t ransmission between the gat eway and the content server (or place where the requested resource is stored) is s ecure. The service provider secu res the data trans missi on between th e gateway and the co n tent serv er.
117 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Digit a l sign ature You can ma ke digital signatures with your phone if your SIM card ha s a security module. Using the digital signature can be the same as signing your name t o a paper bill, contract, or other document. To mak e a digital signature, selec t a link on a pa ge, for example, th e title of t he book you want to buy and its price. The t ext to si gn, which may include the amount and dat e, is shown. Check tha t the he ader text is Read and that the digit al signature icon is show n. If the digital signature ic on does not appear , there is a secur ity breach, and you should not ent er any personal data such as your signing PIN. To s ign the text , read all of the text first, a nd select Sign . The text may not fit within a single screen. Therefore , make sure to scroll through and read all of t he text befor e signing. Select t he user cer tificate you want to use. Enter th e signing PIN (see âÂÂAc ce ss codes,â p. 14 ), and selec t OK . T he digital signat ure icon disappears, and the service may dis play a confir mation of your pur chase.
118 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 17. SIM serv ices Your SIM card may pro vide additional servic es that y ou can access. This menu is shown only if it is s upported by your SIM c ard. The name and contents of the menu depend on the SIM card. For availability and information on using SIM ca rd services, contact your SIM card vend or. This may be the servi ce prov ider, ne two rk op erator, o r othe r vendo r. To set the phone to s how you the conf irmation mes sages sent between y our phone and th e network when y ou are us ing the SIM service s, select Men u > Settings > Phone > Confir m SIM service actions > Ye s . Accessing these servic es may involve sending messages or making a phone call for which y ou may be char ged.
119 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 18. PC connectivity You can s end and receiv e email, and ac cess the Internet when your phone is connected t o a compat ible PC through an infrared or a dat a cable (CA-42) connection. You can use y our phone wit h a variet y of PC connectivity a nd data communications applications. â PC Su ite With PC Suit e you can s ynchronize Contacts , calendar and t o-do notes, and note s between your phone , and the c ompatible PC, or a remote Internet ser ver (network servi ce) . You may find more information about PC suite, for example , downloadable files in the support area on the Nokia Web s ite at < www.nok ia.com/support>. â P a cket da ta, HSC SD, an d CSD With your phone you c an use the pac ket data, high- speed circuit s witched data (HSCSD), and circuit switched data (CSD, GSM data ). For availa bility and su bscription to data services, contact your net work operator or service provider. The us e of HSCSD services consumes the phone bat tery faster than normal v oice or data calls. You may need t o connect the phone to a charger for the duration of data transfer. See âÂÂP acket da ta (EGPRS ),â p. 75 .
120 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Dat a c ommu nicati on app licat ions For information on using a dat a commu nication application, refer to the document ation provided with it. Making or ans wering phone calls during a computer connection is not r ecommended, as it might disrupt t he operation. For better per formance during data calls, place the phone on a stationary sur face with the keypad facing down. Do not move th e phone by holding it in your hand duri ng a dat a call.
121 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 19. Batte ry info rmat ion â Cha rging an d di scha rging Your de vice is powered by a rechargeable battery. The full performance of a new b attery is achieved only afte r two or three complet e charge and disch arge cycles. The ba ttery can be charged and discha rg ed hundred s of time s, but it will even tually w ear out. Whe n the talk and s tand b y times are notic eably sh orter t han n o rma l, repl ace t he ba ttery . Use only N oki a appr ov ed bat ter i es , an d recha rge yo ur bat ter y o nl y wi th Noki a ap prove d c har ge rs designated for this device. If a replacement b attery is being used for the first time or if th e battery has not been used for a prolonged period, it may be nece ssary to connect the charge r and then disconnect and reconnect it to start the charg ing. Unplug the char ger from the elec trical plu g and the device whe n not in use. D o not leave fu lly cha rged batt ery conn ected t o a charg er, since ove rcharg ing m ay sh ort en i ts life tim e. If lef t unuse d, a fu lly c harge d bat tery will los e its char ge ove r time. If the batte ry is complete ly d ischa rged, it may take a few minute s before th e charging indicator appears on the display or before any calls can be made. Use the battery only for its intended purpose. Never use any charger or battery that is dama ged. Do not short-circui t the battery. Acciden tal short-c ircuiting can oc cur when a metalli c object such as a coin, clip , or pen cau ses direct con nection of t h e positive ( ) and neg ative (- ) terminals of the b attery. (Thes e look like meta l s trips on the b a ttery.) This might happen , for example, when you carr y a spare bat tery in yo ur pocket o r purse. Short -circuiting the terminals ma y damage the batt ery o r the conne cting object .
122 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Leaving th e batte ry in hot or cold p laces , such as in a closed car in summ er or winter conditions, w ill reduce the capacity and li fetime of the battery. Always try to keep the battery between 1 5ðC and 25ðC (59ðF and 77ðF). A device wit h a hot or cold batt ery ma y not work temporarily, even when the battery is fully charged. Battery performance is particularly limited in temperatu res we ll below fre ezing. Do not dispo se of batteri es in a fire as th ey may explode. Ba tteries ma y also explode if damaged. Dispos e o f batteries a ccording to lo ca l regula tions. Plea s e recycle whe n possible. Do not dis pos e as ho useh old waste . â Nokia batter y authent i cat ion guideli nes Always use orig inal Nokia b atteries for your safety. To check th at you are gett ing an origin al Nokia battery, purchase it from an autho rized Nokia dealer, look for the Nokia Original Enhancements logo on the packaging an d inspect th e holo gram label us ing the following ste ps: Successful completio n of the four step s is not a tota l assurance of the authenti city of the battery. If you have any reason to belie ve that your bat tery is not an authenti c original Nokia battery, yo u should refra in from using it and tak e it to the neares t a uthor ized Noki a service poi nt or de ale r for as sist an ce. Your auth or ized Nok ia serv ice p oi nt or dea ler wi ll ins pe ct t he battery for authentici ty. If authenticity cannot be verified , return the battery to the place of purcha se.
123 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Authe ntica te ho logram 1. When looki n g at the hologram lab el, you should see th e Nokia conne ctin g hands symb ol from one angl e an d the N okia Origina l Enhancemen ts logo when looking from ano ther angle. 2. When you ang le the ho logram left , righ t, down, a nd up, you sho uld s ee 1, 2, 3, and 4 do ts on eac h side re spec ti vely. 3. Sc rat ch the side o f the label to re veal a 20- digit code, fo r examp le, 12345 6789198765 43210 . Turn th e battery so that the numbe rs are fa cing upwa rds. The 20-d igit co de reads s tarting fro m the n um ber a t the top ro w fo llowe d by th e bot tom ro w.
124 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 4. C onfirm that the 20-d igit co de i s valid by fo llowin g the instructions at www.nokia.com/ba tterycheck. To create a te xt message, en ter the 20 -digit cod e , for ex ample, 12345 67891 9876543210 , and s end to 44 7786 20027 6 To create a te xt message, ⢠for countries in Asia Pacific, e xcluding India : Enter the 20-dig it code, for exampl e, 12345 6789198765 43210 , and s end to 61 4271 51515. ⢠for Indi a only : Ente r Bat tery followe d by the 20 -di git ba ttery code , for e xamp le, Ba tter y 12345 6789198765 43210 , and s end to 5555. Nat iona l and intern ati onal opera tor cha rge s wi ll app ly. You should receive a message ind icating wheth er the code can be a uthentica ted. What if yo ur battery is not au thentic? If you cannot confirm tha t your Nokia battery with the h ologram on the labe l is an authentic Nokia battery, please do not use th e battery. Ta ke it to the nearest authoriz ed Nokia s ervice point or dealer fo r assista n ce. The u se of a bat tery that is not approved by the manufa cturer may be d ange rous an d m ay res ult in po or perf orm ance a nd damage to your d evice and i ts enhancements . It may also invalidat e any approval or w arranty appl ying to the device. To find out more about or iginal Nokia b atteri es, visit www.nok ia .com/ba ttery.
125 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Care a nd m ainten ance You r devi ce i s a pr odu ct of sup eri or d es ign an d craf tsma nship an d sho uld be tre ated w ith care. The suggestions bel ow will help you protect yo u r warranty coverage. ⢠Kee p the d evice dry. Prec ipitat ion, humidi ty a nd al l types of liqu ids o r moi sture can contain mineral s that will co rrode electron ic circuits. If yo ur device does ge t wet, remove the battery a nd allow the d e vice to dry comp letely bef ore replac ing it. ⢠Do not us e or s tore the device in d usty, d irty are as. Its movi ng par ts an d e lectron ic co mpon ents c an be d ama ged. ⢠Do not s tore the device in h ot a reas. High tem peratures can short en the life of electronic de vices, dama ge b atteri es, and wa rp or melt c ert ain plasti cs. ⢠Do not store the devi ce in cold areas. Whe n the device returns to its normal temperatur e, mo istur e can form i nsid e th e devic e a nd dama ge e lectr onic c ircui t bo ards. ⢠Do not attemp t to open th e device other th an as instructe d in this guid e. ⢠Do not drop, knock, o r shake the device. Ro ugh handling can brea k internal circu it boards and fi ne mec han ics . ⢠Do not use harsh chem icals, cleaning s olven ts, or stron g dete rgents to clea n the dev ice. ⢠Do not pa int t he dev ice. Paint c an cl og t he mov ing p arts an d p revent pro per op erat ion. ⢠Use a soft, cl ean, dry clot h to clean any lense s (such as camera, proximity se nsor, and light s ensor l enses). ⢠Use only th e sup plied or an appro ved repl acem ent an tenn a. U naut horiz ed an tenn as, mo dificat ions , or at tachme nts co uld d amage the devic e and may vi olat e regu lations gov erni ng radio devices . ⢠Use cha rgers indoo rs.
126 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. ⢠Always creat e a backup of data you want to keep (such as conta cts and calendar notes) before sending your devi ce to a service facilit y. All of the abov e suggesti ons apply equal ly to your device, b a ttery, ch arger, or any enhancement. If any device is not working p roperly, t ake it to the nearest a uthorized s ervice facility for service.
127 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Add itiona l safet y inform ation Your d evice and i ts enh ancements ma y conta in small parts . Keep t hem out o f the reach of small childr en. â Operat ing envi ronment Remember to f ollow any spe cial regula tions in fo rce in any area and always sw itch off your device whe n its use is prohibi ted or when it may cau se interf erence o r dang er. Use the d evice only in it s normal opera ting position s. This device meet s RF exposure g uidelin es when u sed either i n the n ormal us e position a gainst the ear or when posit io ne d at le ast 2. 2 centime ters (7/8 inch) away from the b ody. When a carry case, b elt clip or holder is used fo r body-worn oper atio n, it sh ould n ot con ta in me tal an d sh ould po sitio n the de v ice the abo ve-s tate d distanc e from your body.I n order to transmit da ta files or messag es, this de vice requires a good qualit y connection to the network. In some case s, transmis sion of dat a files or messages may b e delayed un til such a connection is availa ble. Ensure th e above s eparat ion distanc e instruct ions are fo llowed until the trans mis sion is complete d . Parts of the device a re magnetic. Metalli c materials may b e attracted to th e device . Do not place cred it cards or o ther magnetic sto rage med ia ne ar the device , becau s e infor matio n st ored o n th em m ay be er ased . â Medical devices Ope ration of a ny ra dio tra nsmi ttin g equipm ent, i nclud ing wi rel ess phon es, m ay int erfe re with the functi o nality o f inadeq uately pr otected med ical device s. Consult a physici a n or the manufacturer of the med ical de vice to determin e if the y are adequ ately shi elded fr om external RF energ y o r if you have any q uestions. Switch off your device in health care
128 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. facilitie s when an y regulatio ns posted in these areas ins truct you to do so. Hos pital s or health care f aciliti es may be using equ ipment th at could be sensitive to external RF energy . Pacemaker s Pacemaker man ufacture rs recommend that a mini mum separatio n of 15.3 centimeters (6 inch es) b e ma intai ned b etw een a w ir eless phone and a pac emak er to a voi d pot ential interferenc e with the pacemake r. These reco mmendati ons are consis tent with th e independen t researc h by and recommen dation s of Wireless Technology Research. Pe rs ons with pacemakers shou ld: ⢠always keep the de vice more than 15 .3 centi meter (6 inche s) from thei r pacemake r when the device is switched o n; ⢠not ca rry th e de vice i n a br east poc ket; and ⢠hold the de vice to the ea r opposite the p acemaker to min imize the po tential for interference. If you have any reason to sus pect that inte rference is tak ing place, switch off your device immediately. Hearing a ids Some digital wireless devices may interfere with so me hearing aids. If interference occurs, consu lt your servi ce provi der. â Vehicl es RF signals may affect impro perly inst a lled or inadequate ly s hie lded electro nic syste ms in motor vehicl es such as el ectronic fu el inje ction systems , electronic an tiskid (anti lock) br aking sys tem s, el ect roni c sp eed c ontr ol s yste ms, a ir bag s yste ms. F or more inf orma tio n, check with the ma n ufactur er or its rep resentati ve of your vehicle or any e q uipment th at has be en adde d.
129 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Only qualif ied perso nnel shoul d service th e device, o r install the d e vice in a vehicle. Fau lty installatio n or servi ce may be dangero us and may in validate any warranty that ma y a pply to the device. Ch eck regula rly that all w ireless de vice equip ment in your vehic le is mounted and op eratin g pr operl y. D o not sto re or c arr y flam ma ble l iqui ds, ga ses, or explos iv e mat erial s in the same compar tment as the device, it s parts, or enhan cements. Fo r vehicles equipped with an air b ag, remember that air bags inflate with great force. Do not place objects, incl udin g inst alle d or port able w ire less equi pment in t he are a ove r th e air b ag or in the air bag deploy ment area. If in-v ehicl e wireless equipmen t is impr operl y installe d and the air b a g inflates, serious injury could result. Using your de vice while flying in aircraft is prohibited. Switch off your device before boarding an aircraft. The use of wireless teledevices in an aircraft may be dangerous to the operatio n of the airc raft, disrupt the w ireless telephone network, and may be illega l. â Potent i all y expl osive envi ronment s Switch off your device when in any area with a pot entially ex p losive a tmosphere and obey all signs and instr uctions. Potenti ally explo s ive atmos p here s include are a s where yo u would normally be advised to turn off your vehicle engin e. Sparks in s uch areas could cause an explosion or fire res ulting in bodily injury or even death. Sw itch off the device at refuelling poi nts such as near gas pu mps at s ervic e st ation s. O bser ve r est ricti ons o n t he us e of ra dio eq uipmen t in fuel depots , sto rage , and dist ributi on ar ea s, chem ical plan ts or where bla sting operatio ns are in pr ogress . Areas wit h a potenti a lly exp losive atmo sphere a re often but not always clea rly marked. They incl ude below deck on boats , chemica l transfer or sto rage fac ilities , vehi cles usi ng liqu efie d petr oleum gas (such a s prop ane o r buta ne), a nd ar eas where the air contains chemicals o r particle s such as gr ain, dust, or metal po wders.
130 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Emergen cy calls Important: Wi rel ess phon es, i ncludi ng th is devi ce, ope rate u sing r adio signa ls, wireles s netwo rks, l andlin e netw orks, and user-p rogra mme d functi ons. B ecause of this, conn ectio ns in all conditio ns cannot be guaranteed. You should neve r rely solely o n any wireles s device for es sential communicatio ns like med ical emerge ncies. To mak e an e mergency call: 1. If the device is not on, switch it on . Check for adequate signal strength . Some network s may require that a valid SI M card is prop erly inserted in the device. 2. Press the end key a s many times as need ed to clea r the display a nd ready the device for calls. 3. Enter the official emerg ency number for your present location. Emergency numb ers vary by lo cati on. 4. Press t h e c all ke y. If certain features are in use, you may first need to turn those fea tures off before you can make an emergency cal l. If the device is in off line or flight mo d e you must chan ge the profil e to activat e the p hone funct io n be fore you can ma ke a n emergency call. Consult this gu ide or your service pro vider for more information. When making an emergency call , give all the necessary i n formation as ac curately as possible. Y our wirel es s device ma y b e the only mea ns of communica tion at the scene of a n acc ident. Do no t end t he ca ll until gi ven pe rmiss ion to do so.
131 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Ce rtif icat ion inf orm ati on (SA R) THIS MOBILE DEVICE MEE TS GUIDELINE S FOR EXPOSURE TO RADIO WAVES . Your mobile device is a rad io trans mitter an d receive r. It is desig ned not to exceed the li mits for exposure to ra dio waves recommended by international g uidelines. These guidelines were dev elo ped b y the inde pend ent scien tifi c organ izat io n IC NI RP and i nc lud e safe ty ma rgins desi gned to a ssure the pro tectio n o f all pe rs ons, r egard les s of ag e an d he alth. Th e expo su re gui del ines for mo bile devi ces e mpl oy a unit of m eas ureme nt kn own as t he Specifi c Absorpt ion Rate or SAR. The S AR limit st ated in th e ICNIRP guidel ines is 2 .0 watts/ kil ogram (W /kg) av erag ed ov er 10 gra ms of tissue . Tes ts for SAR are co nduct ed u sing standard o perating po sition s with the de vice transmit ting at its highest cer tified p ower leve l in all t ested fre quency band s. Th e act ual S AR le vel of an o per ating d evi ce can be b elow the maximum value becaus e the device is des igned to use o nly the powe r requi red to rea ch the netw ork . That amo unt cha nges depe nding on a num ber of fact ors such as how close yo u are to a network base statio n. The hig hest SAR value under the ICNIRP gui delines fo r us e of the d evi ce a t th e ea r i s 0 .7 5 W /k g. Use of device acce ssories and en hancement s may result in differe nt SA R values . S AR values may var y depe nding on nat ion al re porting an d test ing re quire ment s and the network band . Ad dition al SAR inform at ion may be prov ided under produ ct info rm ation a t ww w.nokia .com.
132 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Index A access c odes ......... ..... ........... ...... 14 accessories . See enhancement s. alarm clock ....... ..... ........... ........... 86 antenna ....... ...... .......... ........... ...... 20 applications ...... .......... ...... ........... 95 download .. ..... ........... .... 16 , 96 audio messaging ....... ........... ...... 41 B barring password . ........... ..... ...... 15 battery authe ntic atio n ... ........... .... 122 charge stat us ........... ..... ...... 23 charging ......... ..... ........ 19 , 12 1 discharging ......... ........... .... 121 installati on .... ..... ........... ...... 17 Bluetooth .... ........... ..... ........... ...... 72 settings ........... ........... ..... ...... 73 setup connect ion ......... ...... 73 bookmarks .. ...... .......... ........... .... 111 browser appearance s ettings ........ 110 bookmarks . ........... ........... ... 111 browsing pages ... ..... ......... 108 cache memory ..... ........... ... 114 cookies .. ........... .......... ...... ... 111 digital signature . ........... ... 117 scrip t set ting s . .......... ...... ...111 security module ...... 114 , 116 set u p ..... ..... ........... ........... ... 107 business cards .. ........... ..... ........... 58 C cache me mory ....... .......... ...... ... 114 calculator .......... ...... .......... ........... 91 calendar ... .......... ........... ..... ........... 87 call functions ... ........... ..... ........... 27 settings . ........... .......... ...... ..... 70 waiting ....... ........... ..... ........... 28 call key ..... .......... ...... .......... ........... 21 call register .. ..... ........... ........... ..... 65 callback request .... ..... ........... ... 101 calls answer ........ ........... ..... ........... 28
133 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. call waiting ......... ........... ...... 28 international . ........... ........... 27 make a voic e dialing call .6 3 options during call ...... ...... 28 recent calls list ........ ........... 65 reject .......... ..... ........... ........... 28 speed dialing . ........... ........... 27 camera ......... ...... .......... ........... ...... 82 camera lens ........... ........... ..... ...... 22 care ..... ..... ........... ..... ........... ......... 125 character case ...... ........... ........... 30 charge the batter y ......... ..... ...... 19 circuit swit ched data ..... ..... .... 119 clock settings ... .......... ........... ...... 69 codes acces s ... ........... ..... ........... ...... 14 barring password ......... ...... 15 PIN ... ........... ..... ........... ........... 14 PUK ....... ........... ..... ........... ...... 14 secu rity ........... ..... ........... ...... 14 configuration ... .......... ...... ........... 77 setting service ......... ........... 15 contact information ........... ...... 16 contacts busin ess ca rds .......... ..... ...... 58 copy ........ ..... ........... ........... ..... 57 delete ..... ..... ........... ........... ..... 58 delete contact details .. ..... 58 edit details ...... .......... ........... 58 groups ......... ...... .......... ...... ..... 62 my numbers ......... ........... ..... 64 my presence ......... ..... ........... 59 save an im age ..... ........... ..... 56 save item s . ........... ........... ..... 56 save names .......... ..... ........... 56 save numbers . .......... ........... 56 save phone numbers .... ..... 56 search .... ........... ..... ........... ..... 56 service numbers .. ........... ..... 64 settings . ........... .......... ...... ..... 62 speed dialing .. .......... ...... ..... 64 subscribed names .... ........... 60 voice dialing ........ ........... ..... 62 cookies .......... ........... ..... ........... ... 111 countdown timer ....... ..... ........... 92 counters ... .......... ...... .......... ........... 65 CSD ........... ..... ........... .......... ...... ... 119 customer service ... .......... ........... 16 D data
134 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. communication . ........... .... 119 synchronization . ........... ...... 89 date settings ......... ..... ........... ...... 69 delete e-mail ... ...... .......... ........... ...... 51 messages ........ ........... ..... ...... 52 dial out PTT call ........ ........... ...... 99 digital signature .. ..... ........... .... 117 display settings ......... ...... ........... 68 downloads applications ... ..... 16 , 96 , 11 2 content ...... .......... ........... ...... 16 files .. ..... ........... ........... ..... .... 112 E EGPRS ..... ..... ........... ........... ..... ...... 75 e-mail ..... ........... .......... ...... ........... 48 emergency calls ... ........... ..... .... 130 end call ........ ........... ..... ........... ...... 27 end key ........ ...... .......... ........... ...... 21 enhancements . .......... ...... ........... 12 settings ........... ........... ..... ...... 76 explosive environment s ..... .... 129 F factory settings .... ........... ..... ...... 79 fla sh mes sa ges ..... ..... ........... ...... 40 FM radio .. ..... ........... .......... ...... ..... 83 fo ld ers inbox . .......... ...... .......... .... 39 , 50 my folders . ...... .......... ........... 35 other . ..... ........... .......... ...... ..... 50 outbox ... ........... .......... ...... ..... 39 save d i tems ..... ..... ......... 35 , 39 sent items .. ........... ..... ........... 39 functions call ..... .......... ...... .......... ........... 27 overview .......... ..... ........... ..... 13 G gallery ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ..... 81 games . ........... ........... ..... ........... ..... 94 group call .......... ...... .......... ......... 100 H handsfree. See loudspeak er. hearing aids . ........... ..... ........... ...128 high-speed circuit switched da ta 119 HSCSD. See high-speed c ircuit switched da ta. I IM. See instant messaging. IMAP4 ...... .......... ...... .......... ........... 48
135 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. indicators .... ...... .......... ........... ...... 25 info messages .. .......... ...... ........... 51 infrared ... ..... ........... ........... ..... ...... 74 infrared port ..... ..... ........... ........... 21 installation battery ....... .......... ...... ........... 17 SIM card .... .......... ...... ........... 17 instant messaging .......... ........... 42 accept invitation .......... ...... 45 availability .......... ...... ........... 46 block ........... .......... ...... ........... 47 con ta cts ..... .......... ...... ........... 47 groups .. ........... ..... ........... ...... 47 participate in a conv ersation 46 read ....... ...... .......... ........... ...... 45 reject invitation . ........... ...... 45 servi ce .. ........... ..... ........... ...... 43 st art se ss ion .. ........... ..... ...... 44 unblock ...... .......... ........... ...... 47 Internet .. ........... .......... ...... ......... 107 IR. See infrared. ......... ........... ...... 21 J Java applications. See applications. K keyguard .. .......... ...... .......... ........... 26 keypad ...... ..... ........... .......... ...... ..... 21 keypad lock .. ........... ..... ........... ..... 26 keys call key .. ........... ..... ........... ..... 21 end key ....... ........... ..... ........... 21 keyguard .......... ..... ........... ..... 26 keypad ... ..... ........... ........... ..... 21 keypad lock .......... ........... ..... 26 navigation key .......... ...... ..... 21 power on/off ........ ..... ........... 21 PTT ke y .. ........... .......... ...... ..... 21 push to talk key ....... ........... 21 selection keys . .......... .... 21 , 22 volume keys ......... ........... ..... 21 L language .. ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... 30 lights ... ........... ........... ..... ........... ..... 76 list of recordings ........ ..... ........... 85 location information ...... ......... 114 log ....... ...... .......... ...... .......... ........... 65 loudspeaker ...... ........... ......... 22 , 28 M main display ..... ...... .......... .... 21 , 23
136 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. main display settings .... ........... 68 maintenance ......... ........... ..... .... 125 maintenance service ........... ...... 16 media ...... ..... ........... ........... ..... ...... 82 medical devices ......... ...... ......... 127 memory full .... ..... ........... ........... ..... ...... 39 memory in use ... ...... ........... 62 menu navigation ...... ..... ........... ...... 32 scrolling ..... .......... ........... ...... 32 message center number .... ...... 33 message settings e-mail ... ...... .......... ........... ...... 54 MMS ........... .......... ........... ...... 53 multimedia mess ages ....... 53 SMS . ........... ..... ........... ........... 52 SMS e-mail .... ........... ........... 52 text mes sages .......... ..... ...... 52 messages audio messaging ..... ..... ...... 41 delete ......... .......... ...... ........... 52 flash messages ........ ........... 40 info messages .......... ..... ...... 51 length indicator ........... ...... 34 message settings ..... ...... ..... 52 service commands ... ........... 52 voice messages ... ..... ........... 51 write SMS ........ .......... ...... ..... 34 write text message . ........... 34 messaging .... ..... ........... ..... ........... 33 microphone .. ........... ..... ........... ..... 21 mini display . ........... .......... ...... ..... 22 settings . ........... .......... ...... ..... 69 MMS. See multimedia messages. modem settings ..... .......... ...... ..... 75 multimedia messages .......... ..... 36 my numbers ...... ........... ..... ........... 64 my presence ................ ..... ........... 59 N names. See contacts. navigation ......... ........... ........... ..... 32 navigation key ....... .......... ...... ..... 21 assign functions to ....... ..... 67 network EGSM .......... ........... ..... ........... 11 GSM ....... ..... ........... ........... ..... 11 name on display ...... ...... ..... 23 servi ce s .. ........... .......... ...... ..... 11 Nokia support .. ........... ..... ........... 16
137 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. note alarm ........ .......... ........... ...... 87 notes .. .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... 88 cal en da r ..... .......... ........... ...... 87 O one-to-one cal l ... ..... ........... ........... ..... .... 100 contact ....... .......... ...... ......... 103 operation position .... ........... ...... 20 operator menu ...... ........... ..... ...... 80 organizer alarm clock .... ..... ........... ...... 86 calculator ....... ........... ........... 91 cal en da r ..... .......... ........... ...... 87 calendar note ........... ........... 87 countdown timer ......... ...... 92 note alarm ..... ........... ..... ...... 87 notes ..... ...... .......... ........... ...... 88 stopwat ch . .......... ........... ...... 92 to-do list ........ ..... ........... ...... 88 P pacemakers ........... ........... ......... 128 packet data ........... ........... .. 75 , 119 parts ........ ........... .......... ...... ........... 21 PC connectivit y .... ..... ........... .... 119 PC Suite .. ..... ........... ........... ..... .... 119 personal shortcuts .......... ........... 67 phone care ........ ..... ........... ........... ... 125 configuration ....... ..... ........... 77 keys ... ..... ........... .......... ...... ..... 21 maintenance ... ..... ........... ... 125 open ....... ..... ........... ........... ..... 17 parts .. ..... ........... .......... ...... ..... 21 personalize ........... ........... ..... 66 settings . ........... .......... ...... ..... 71 phone lock. See key pad lock. phonebook ........ ...... .......... ........... 56 photo .. ...... .......... ...... .......... ........... 82 PIN . ..... ........... ..... ........... ........... ..... 19 PIN codes ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... 14 plug and play service ..... ........... 20 POP3 ... ........... ........... ..... ........... ..... 48 Pop-Port ....... ........... ..... ........... ..... 21 positioning ........ ........... ..... ......... 114 power key ..... ..... ........... .......... ...... ..... 21 saving .... ..... ........... ........... ..... 25 predictive text input . ........... ..... 30 profiles .......... ..... ........... ........... ..... 66 PTT .. ..... ........... ........... ..... ........... ..... 97
138 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. callback request ........... .... 101 dial out ca ll ........ ...... ........... 99 group call .. ..... ........... ..... .... 100 groups .. ........... ..... ........... .... 103 invitation ... .......... ...... ......... 105 key .... ..... ........... ........... ..... ...... 21 one-to-one call . ........... .... 100 one-to-one contact .... .... 103 settings ........... ........... ..... .... 106 PUK codes ... ........... ........... ..... ...... 14 push to talk key ........ ...... ........... 21 Push to talk. See PTT. pushed messages . ........... ......... 112 R radio ........ ..... ........... ........... ..... ...... 83 recent calls list ..... ........... ..... ...... 65 re cor de r ....... ...... .......... ........... ...... 85 repair ser vice ........ ..... ........... ...... 16 ringing tones .... .......... 67 , 81 , 11 2 S safe ty additional information ... 127 emer gency calls . ........... .... 130 explosive envir onments .1 2 9 guidelines .. .......... ........... ...... ... 9 h ear in g aids ......... ........... ... 128 medical devices .. ..... ......... 127 operating environment ... 127 pacemakers .......... ........... ... 128 vehicles . ........... ..... ........... ...128 scre en sa ver . ........... ..... ........... ..... 25 scri pt sett in gs .. ........... ........... ... 111 scripts over secure conne ction ... 111 scroll key. See navigat ion key. sec urit y codes . .......... ........... ..... ........... 14 module ....... ...... ......... 114 , 116 se curi ty se tti ngs .... .......... ...... ..... 78 selection k eys ... ........... ..... .... 21 , 22 servi ce commands ....... .......... ........... 52 inbox . .......... ...... .......... ......... 112 messages ... ........... ..... ......... 112 numbers ........... .......... ...... ..... 64 servi ce s .... ..... ........... .......... ...... ... 107 se ttings Bluetooth ... ........... ........... ..... 73 call settings .... .......... ...... ..... 70 clock .. ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... 69
139 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. configuration ........... .... 20 , 77 connect ivity ... ........... ........... 72 date .. ........... .......... ...... ........... 69 display .. ...... .......... ........... ...... 68 EG PR S ......... .......... ...... ........... 75 enhancements ... ........... ...... 76 infrare d ...... .......... ........... ...... 74 main display .. ........... ..... ...... 68 messages ........ ........... ..... ...... 52 mini display ... ........... ........... 69 modem settings ....... ..... ...... 75 packet data .... ........... ..... ...... 75 personal shortcuts .. ..... ...... 67 phone settings ... ........... ...... 71 profiles ....... ..... ........... ........... 66 restore fact ory settings .... 79 service inbox ...... ........... .... 113 shortcuts ... ..... ........... ........... 67 themes ....... .......... ........... ...... 66 time . ..... ........... ........... ..... ...... 69 tones ........... .......... ...... ........... 67 shared memory ......... ........... ...... 12 shortcuts ..... ...... .......... ........... ...... 67 in standby mode ..... ........... 24 navigation key ......... ..... ...... 24 personal list ......... ..... ........... 24 signal strength . ........... ........... ..... 23 SIM card installation ..... ........... 17 SIM services ........... ..... ........... ... 118 SMS ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... 33 templates ... ........... ........... ..... 35 SMTP password ..... .......... ...... ..... 55 speed dialing .... ........... . 27 , 62 , 64 standby mode .. ........... ........... ..... 22 status indicators ... ..... ........... ..... 23 stopwatch .... ..... ........... ..... ........... 92 str ap .... ...... .......... ........... ..... ........... 20 subscribed names add contacts ........ ........... ..... 60 unsubscribe a contact ...... 61 view contacts . .......... ........... 61 support .......... ..... ........... ........... ..... 16 switch on and off ....... ........... ..... 19 synchronization ..... .......... ........... 89 T take a photo ..... ........... ..... ........... 82 templates .......... ...... .......... ........... 35 te xt character c ase .......... ...... ..... 30 predictive text input .... ..... 30
140 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. settings ........... ........... ..... ...... 30 traditional te xt input .3 0 , 31 writing . ........... ..... ........... ...... 30 te xt mes sa ge ......... ..... ........... ...... 33 templates .. ..... ........... ........... 35 them e s .... ........... ..... ........... ........... 66 time settings .... .......... ...... ........... 69 timers ...... ........... ..... ........... ........... 65 to-do list ........... ..... ........... ........... 88 tones ....... ........... ..... ........... ........... 67 traditional text input ..... ..... ...... 31 U unlock ke ypad .. .......... ........... ...... 26 UPIN ........ ..... ........... ........ 14 , 19 , 79 V vehicle s ... ........... ..... ........... ..... .... 128 vibrating a lert ....... ........... ..... ...... 67 video clip ........... .......... ...... ........... 83 voice commands ....... .......... ........... 63 tags ... .......... ........... ..... ........... 63 voice di aling ..... ........... ........... ..... 63 voice me ssages ........... ..... ........... 51 volume keys ...... ........... ..... ........... 21 W wallpaper .......... ...... .......... ........... 66 We b bookmarks . ........... ........... ... 111 connect ...... ........... ..... ......... 107 wireless markup language .. ... 107 WML ......... .......... ...... .......... ......... 107 wrist st rap .... ........... .......... ...... ..... 20 write t ext ..... ..... ........... ........... ..... 30 writing language ... .......... ........... 30 X XHTML ...... .......... ........... ..... ......... 107
DECLARATIO N OF CONFORMITY We, NO KIA CO RPO RAT ION d ecl are unde r ou r so le res ponsi bil ity tha t th e produc t RM-161 is i n co nformit y with the p rov ision s of the fo llow ing Co uncil Dir ective: 199 9/5/ EC. A c op y of the De cla rat ion o f C onf orm ity can be fo un d fr om ht tp:/ /w ww. n okia .com / phon es/ de cl arat ion _of_ co n formi ty/ . The c rossed- out whee l ed bin mean s that within the E urop ean Union the pr oduct mu st be tak en to separate collection at the product end-of life . This applies to your device but also to any enhancements ma rked with this symbol. Do not dispose of these products as unso rted muni cipal was te. Copy rig ht é 2006 Noki a. All righ ts rese rve d. Reprodu ction, tra nsf er, d istrib ution or stor age of part or all o f the cont ent s in th is docume nt in any form without the prior written permission of Nokia is prohibited. Nokia, Nokia Connecting People, Xpress-on and Pop-Por t are trademarks or registered trademarks of Nokia Cor porat ion . Other pr oduct a nd com pany name s men tio ned he rein may be trademar ks or tra denam es of th eir re spect ive own ers. Nokia tune is a sound mark of Nokia Corporation. US Patent No 5818437 and oth er pend ing pat ents . T9 text in put softw are Copy righ t (C) 19 97-200 6. Tegi c Comm unications, Inc. All rights reserved. Inclu des RS A BS AFE c rypto gra phic or securi ty pro toco l softw are fr om R SA Se curi ty.
Java is a trademark of Sun Microsystems, Inc. Nokia oper ates a po licy of conti nuo u s de vel opmen t. N okia rese rves the rig h t to make chan ges and impro vements t o any of the prod ucts de scri bed in t his docume nt wi thout pr ior noti ce. Th is Nokia device comp lies w ith Dire ctive 2 002/9 5/EC on the r estricti on of the use o f certai n haza rdous substa nces in electri cal and electroni c equipm ent. Un der n o circ umst ance s sh all N oki a be r espo nsibl e for a ny l oss o f da ta or inco me or any speci al, inci den tal, c onseque n ti al or indirec t damages h owsoever c aused. T h e c o n t e nt s o f t h i s d o c u m e n t a r e p r o v i d e d " a s i s " . E x c e p t a s r e q u i r e d b y a pp l i c a b l e l a w , n o w a r r a n t ie s o f an y kin d, e ithe r exp res s or i mp lied , inc ludi ng, but not li mi ted to, th e im plie d w arran tie s of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose , are made in relation to the accuracy, reliability or contents of this document. Nokia reserves the right to revise this document or withdraw it at any time without prior notice. The av aila bili ty of par ticular product s may va ry by regi on. Ple ase check w it h the Noki a dea ler ne are s t t o you. This devi ce may c ontain com moditie s, te chn ology or sof twa re sub ject to ex port laws and re gul atio n s f rom the U S and ot her co untries . Div ersio n con trary to la w is p rohibit ed. 9245 707/i ssu e 1
4 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Contents For your safety ..................................................... ................................................ 9 General information ............................................. ............................................. 13 Overvie w of functions ....................... ................................. ................ ................................ ................ ..... 13 Acce ss codes ........................ ................................ ................. ................................ .......... ...... ..................... 14 Confi guration s ettings s ervice ........................ ................. ................................ ........................ ............. 15 Dow nload co ntent a nd appl ications .............................. ................ ................................ ................ ..... 16 Nokia sup port on the Web ............... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..... 16 1. Get started .......................... .............................. ............................................. 17 Open th e fold ....... ................................ ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..... 17 Instal l the SIM card and the battery............. ................................. ................ ............................. ........ 17 Charge the battery ............................. ................ ................................. ................ ............... . ..................... 19 Switc h the phone on and off .......................... ................................. ................................ ......... ....... ..... 19 Norm al operating posit ion ............... ................................. ................................ ................ ................ ..... 20 Wris t strap ............ ................................ ................ ................................. ....................... ......... ................ ..... 20 2. Your phone.......................... ............................................................ ............... 21 Keys and parts ..................... ................ ................................. ................................ ........... ..... ................ ..... 21 Stand by mode ...................... ................................ ................. ................................ ............ .... ..................... 22 Keyp ad lock (keyguard) ..................... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..... 26 3. Call funct ions ..................... ............................................................ ............... 27 Make a call ........................... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..................... 27 Answe r or rej ect a call ...................... ................ ................................. ................................ . ............... ..... 28 Opti ons during a call ......................... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..... 28
5 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 4. Write text .......................................................... .............................. ............... 30 Settings ................................. ................ ................................. ................................ ..... ........... ................ ..... 30 Predi ctive text input .......................... ................................. ................ ............................... . ..................... 30 Traditi onal te xt input ........ ................................ ................. ................................ ................ ..................... 31 5. Navigate the menus ....................................................................... ............... 32 6. Messages ........................................................... ............................................. 33 Text m essages (SMS) ......... ................................ ................................. ................ .................. .............. ..... 33 Mult imedia me ssages ...... ................................ ................................. ................ .................... ............ ..... 36 Memo ry full .......................... ................ ................................. ................................ ......... ....... ..................... 39 Folde rs.................................... ................................ ................. ................................ ... ............. ..................... 39 Flash mes sages .................... ................................ ................................. ................ ................................ ..... 40 Nokia Xpre ss audio messagi ng ....... ................ ................................. ................ ................................ ..... 41 Instant messa ging .............. ................................ ................................. ................ ............... ................. ..... 42 E-ma il application .............. ................................ ................................. ................ ................................ ..... 48 Voic e messages ................... ................................ ................. ................................ ................ ..................... 51 Info m essages ...................... ................ ................................. ................................ ........... ..................... ..... 51 Service command s.............................. ................ ................................. ................................ ..................... 52 Delete messag es.................. ................ ................................. ................................ ............. ... ..................... 52 Me ssage settings ................................ ................................. ................ .............................. .. ............... ...... 52 Me ssage counter. ................ ................................ ................................. ................ .............. .. ..................... 55 7. Contacts ............................................................ ............................................. 56 Search for a conta ct .......... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..................... 56 Save name s and phone numb ers ................... ................................. ................ ................................ ..... 56 Save num bers, items, or an image . ................................. ................ ................................ ................ ..... 56 Copy contacts ...................... ................................ ................. ................................ ........... ..... ..................... 57 Edit co ntact d etails ............ ................................ ................................. ................ .............. .................. ..... 58 Delete contacts or contact detai ls ................ ................................. ................ ............................ ......... 58
6 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Busi ness cards ..................... ................................ ................. ................................ ................ ..................... 58 My p resence ......... ................ ................................ ................................. ................ .......... ...................... ..... 59 Subs cribed n ames ............... ................................ ................................. ................ ............... . ..................... 60 Settings . ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ..................... ........................... ..... 62 Group s.................... ................................ ................ ................................. .................... ............ ................ ..... 62 Voic e dialing ........ ................................ ................ ................................. ......................... ....................... ..... 62 Spee d dials............................ ................................ ................. ................................ ....... ......... ..................... 64 Info, s ervice, a nd m y numbe rs ........................ ................. ................................ ......................... ............ 64 8. Call register ......................... ............................................................ ............... 65 Rece nt calls lists . ................................ ................ ................................. ........................... ..................... ..... 65 Count ers and timers .......... ................................ ................................. ................ ................................ ..... 65 9. Se ttings ............................................................ .............................. ............... 66 Profil es ... ................................ ................................ ................. ................................ ... ............. ..................... 66 Themes ... ................ ................................ ................ ................................. ..................... ........... ................ ..... 66 Tones ...................... ................................ ................ ................................. ................... ............................. ..... 67 My s hortcuts ........ ................ ................................ ................................. ................ .......... ...................... ..... 67 Main disp lay ......................... ................................ ................. ................................ ......... ....... ..................... 68 Mini disp lay .......... ................................ ................................. ................ ........................ ........................ ..... 69 Time a nd da te ...................... ................ ................................. ................................ ........... ..... ................ ..... 69 Call .......... ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ................ ................ ................ ..... 70 Phon e ..................... ................ ................................ ................................. ................ .... ............ ..................... 71 Conne ctivity ......................... ................................ ................. ................................ ......... ....................... ..... 72 Enhanc ements ..... ................................ ................ ................................. ............................. ... ................ ..... 76 Confi guration....... ................................ ................ ................................. .......................... ...................... ..... 77 Secu rity.................. ................................ ................ ................................. .................... ................................. 78 Resto re factory settings.... ................................ ................................. ................ .................. .............. ..... 79 10. O perator menu ................. ............................................................ ............... 80
7 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 11. G allery .............................. .............................. ............................................. 81 12. Media .. ............................................................ ............................................. 82 Came ra................................... ................................ ................. ................................ ..... ........... ..................... 82 Radio ...................... ................................ ................ ................................. ................ ... ............................. ..... 83 Record er ................................ ................ ................................. ................................ ...... ......... ................. ..... 85 13. O rganiser .......................... ............................................................ ............... 86 Alarm clo ck........................... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ ..................... 86 Calen dar ................................ ................ ................................. ................................ ...... ......... ................. ..... 87 To-do list ............................... ................ ................................. ................................ ..... ........... ..................... 88 Not es ...... ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ................... ............. ................ ..... 88 Synchron izati on .................. ................ ................................. ................................ ............. ... ..................... 89 Calc ulator ............. ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ....... ......... ..................... 91 Stopw atch............. ................................ ................................. ................ ........................ ........ ................ ..... 92 Count down timer................ ................ ................................. ................................ ............... . ............... ...... 92 14. A pplications ..................... .............................. ............................................. 94 Games .................... ................................ ................ ................................. ..................... ........................... ..... 94 Collec tion .............. ................................ ................ ................................. ...................... .......................... ..... 95 15. Pus h to talk .................................................... .............................. ............... 97 Push to talk menu .............. ................................ ................................. ................ ............... ................. ..... 98 Conne ct to PTT .................... ................................ ................. ................................ ............ .... ..................... 98 Make and rec eive a P TT cal l ............................ ................................. ................ ....................... ......... ..... 99 Callb ack requests ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ............. .................. ... 101 Add a one -to-one contact ............................... ................. ................................ ....................... ........... 103 Crea te and set up groups . ................................ ................. ................................ ................................ .. 103 PTT s ettings .......... ................................ ................................. ................ ........................ ........................ .. 106 16. W eb ................................... .............................. ........................................... 107
8 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Set up bro wsing .................. ................ ................................. ................................ ................ .................. 107 Conne ct to a service .......... ................ ................................. ................................ ................ .................. 107 Brows e pages ....................... ................................ ................. ................................ ................ .................. 108 Appe arance s ettings .......................... ................ ................................. ................................ . ............... .. 110 Cook ies .. ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ..................... ............................. 111 Script s over secure connectio n....................... ................................. ................ ......................... ....... .. 111 Book marks ............ ................ ................................ ................. ................................ ......... ....................... .. 111 Downl oad file s..... ................................ ................................. ................ ........................... ..... ................ .. 112 Service inbox........ ................ ................................ ................................. ................ ......... ....................... .. 112 Cache memory ..... ................................ ................................. ................ ............................. ... .................. 114 Positi oning inform ation .................... ................................. ................................ ................ ... ............... 114 Brows er security . ................................ ................................. ................ ............................. ... ................ .. 114 17. SIM services ..................... .............................. ........................................... 118 18. PC connectivity .............................................. .............................. ............. 119 PC S uite . ................................ ................ ................................. ................................ ..... ........... .................. 119 Packet data, HS CSD, and CS D ......................... ................................. ................ .......................... ...... .. 119 Data c omm unication applicat ions. ................................. ................ ................................ .............. .... 120 19. Bat tery information ....................................... ........................................... 121 Chargi ng and disch arging ................ ................................. ................ ................................ ...... .......... .. 121 Nokia battery authent ication g uidelines ..... ................................. ................ ................................ .. 122 Care and maintenance ........... ............................................................ ............. 125 Additional safety information ............................. ........................................... 127 Index ........................................ .............................. ........................................... 132
9 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. For yo ur safe ty Read thes e simple guid elin es. Not fo llowing th em may be dang erous or il legal. Read the complete use r guide for further informat ion. SWI TCH ON S AFELY Do no t sw itch the phon e on w hen w irel ess phon e use is p rohibit ed o r when it may cause inte rference or danger . ROAD SAFETY COMES FIRS T Obey all l o cal la ws. Always keep your hands f ree to opera te the vehicle whi le driving . Your fir st conside ration whil e d rivin g should be road safet y. INTER FEREN CE All wireless phones may be susceptible to interference, which could affect performance. SWITCH OFF IN HO SPITA LS Follow any restr ictions. Sw itch the phone off nea r medi cal equi pment . SWITCH OFF IN AIRC RAFT Follow any restrictions. Wireless devices can cause interference in aircraft. SWITCH OFF W H EN REFUELLING Do not us e the phone at a refu elling p oint. Do no t u se near f uel or chemicals . SWITCH OFF NEAR BL ASTI NG Follow a ny restri ctions. D o not use the p hone where blastin g is in prog ress.
10 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. USE SEN SI BLY Use only in the no rmal posi tion a s expl ained in t he pro duct do cume ntati on. Do not touc h the a ntenna unne cessaril y. QUALIF IED SE RVICE Only qual ified pers o nnel ma y install or repair this product. ENHA NCEM ENTS AN D BA TTERIE S Use onl y appro ved enha ncement s and b atteries. Do not conne ct incom patible products. WATER-RESIS TANCE Your phone is not water-resi stant. Keep it dry. BACK-UP COPIES Remember to make back-up cop i es or kee p a written re cord of all impo rta nt information stored i n your phone. CONNECTIN G TO OTHER DEVICES When connecti ng to any other device, read its user guid e fo r detaile d safety instru ctions. Do not connect incompa tible products. EMER GENC Y CALL S Ensu re t he p hone is switc hed on a nd in ser vice. Pr ess the end k ey as ma ny t imes as need ed to cle ar the dis p lay an d retur n to the s tart scr een. En ter the emerge ncy number, then pres s the call key. Give your locati on. Do not end the call unt il given p ermission to do so.
11 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Abou t you r dev ice Th e wire less de vic e desc ribe d in this gui de is appr oved for us e on the EGSM 9 00 an d GSM 1800 and 1900 networks. C ontact y our service pro vider for mo re informati on about ne two rks . Wh en usi ng t he fe ature s in this de vic e, obe y all l aws an d resp ect th e p rivac y an d legi tima te righ ts of o thers . Warn ing: To u se any featu res in th is device, other t han the al arm clock , the device must be swi tched on. Do not switc h the devi ce o n when wirel es s device us e ma y cause inter ference or da nger. â Networ k servic es To use the phone yo u must have service f rom a wireles s service p rovid er. Many of the feat ures in this device d epend on features in the wi reless network to funct ion. The se network services may not be available on all networks o r you may have to make s pecific arrangements w ith your service p rovider before you can utilize network se rvices. You r se rvice prov ider may n eed to giv e you ad dition al i nstruc tions for their use an d expl ain w hat charges will apply. Some networks ma y have limita tions that affect how you can use netw ork servic es. For in stance, some netwo rks ma y not supp ort a ll langua ge-dep endent characters and services. Your ser vice pr ovid er m ay h ave re queste d th at ce rtain f eatur es be dis abled or no t act ivate d in your device. I f so, they wil l not appear on your de vice menu. Your d evice may also have been specially co nfigured for your network pr ovider. This configurat io n may inclu de changes in menu names, men u order a n d icons. Co ntact you r service pro vider f or more informatio n. This devi ce sup ports WA P 2.0 pro toc ols (H TTP and SS L) tha t run o n TCP /IP prot oc ols. S ome feature s of this device , such as te xt message s, multi media mess ages, au dio message s, instant mes s aging service, flash mes sages, e- mail, p resence enhanced contacts , mobile
12 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Inter net servi ces, co nten t and appl icatio n dow nlo ad, and s ync hron iza tio n with a rem o te Internet server, require net w ork support for these t e chnologies. â Sha red memor y The phone has tw o memorie s. The follo w ing feat ures may share the first me mo ry: conta cts, text messag es, mul timedia messages (withou t a ttachmen ts), instant me ssaging , groups , voice commands, cal e ndar, and to-do note s. The second share d memory is used by fi les stor ed in Gallery , attach ments of multimedia mess ages, e- mail, a n d Java TM appl icati ons . Use of one or mor e of these fea tures may reduce th e memory ava ilabl e for the rem a ining feature s sharing memory. For exa mple, savin g many Java ap plicati ons may use all o f the available memory. Your device may displ ay a message that the memory is fu ll when you try to use a shar ed memory fe ature. I n this case, delet e some of the informa tion or entr ies store d in the s hared me mory features before cont inuing. So me of t he features, such as text messages, may have a certa in amount of memo ry specially allotte d to them in ad dition to the memory s hared with other feat ures. â Enh anc em en ts A f ew p ra cti ca l r u les ab ou t a c ces so rie s and e nh an ce men ts ar e a s fo llo ws : ⢠Kee p al l acce ssor ies a nd enh ance ment s out of the rea ch of sma ll chil dren. ⢠When you disconne ct the power cord of any acces sory or enha ncement, grasp and pull the plug, not the co rd. ⢠Che ck regu larl y that e nha ncem ents install ed in a v ehic le are mo unted a n d are opera ting pro pe rly . ⢠Ins tallatio n of an y compl ex car enha ncement s must be made by qualifi ed person nel on ly.
13 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Gene ral information â Ov ervie w o f fun cti ons Your phone pr ovides many functions that are practical fo r daily use, such as a calendar, a clock, an alarm cloc k, a r adio, and a built-in camera. Your phone also supports the f ollowing functions: ⢠Enhanced da ta rates for GSM evolution (ED GE), see âÂÂPa cket da ta ( EGPR S) ,â p. 75 ⢠Extensible hypertext mar kup language (XHTML), se e âÂÂWeb,â p. 107 ⢠Audio messaging, see â Nokia Xpres s audio messaging,â p. 41 ⢠Instant messaging, see âÂÂIns tant messaging, â p. 42 ⢠E-mail a pplication, see âÂÂE-ma il application,â p. 48 ⢠Bluetooth t echnology, see âÂÂBluetooth wirele ss technology,â p. 72 ⢠Push to t alk, see âÂÂPush to talk,â p. 97 ⢠Presence- enhanced contacts, see âÂÂMy presence,â p. 59 ⢠Java 2 Plat form, Micro Edition (J 2ME TM ), see âÂÂApplications, â p. 94
14 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Acc ess c odes Security code The secur ity code (5 t o 10 digits) helps to protect your phone against unauthorized use. The preset code is 12345. To change the code, and t o set th e phone t o request the code, see âÂÂSec urity,â p. 78 . PIN co des The pers onal identification number (PIN) code and the unive rsal personal identification numbe r (UPIN) code (4 to 8 digits) help to protect your SIM card against unauthorized us e. See âÂÂSecurity,â p. 78 . The PIN2 code (4 to 8 digits) may be supplied with the SIM card and is required for some functions . The module PIN is r equired to access the information in t h e security module. See âÂÂSecurity mod ule,â p. 115 . The s igning PIN is required for the digit al signature. See âÂÂDigital signature,â p. 117 . PUK c ode s The pers onal unblocking ke y (PUK) code and the univ ersal personal unbloc king key (UPUK) code (8 digits) is required to cha nge a blocked PIN code and UPIN code, respecti vely. The PUK2 code (8 digits) is required to change a blocked PIN2 code. If
15 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. the codes are not supplied wi th the SIM card, contac t your local service provider for the codes . Ba rring pas sword The barring password (4 digits) is required when using the Call barring ser vice . See âÂÂSec uri ty, â p. 78 . â Con figu ratio n set tings serv ice To use some of the network services, such as mobile Internet services, MMS, Nokia Xpress audio mes saging, or remot e Internet server s ynchronization, your phone needs the correct conf iguration settings. You may be able to receiv e the settings directly as a configuration message . After receiving the settings you need to save them on your phone. The service provider may provide a PIN that is needed to save the settings. For mor e information on ava ilability, co ntact your servi ce provider, nearest aut horized Nokia dealer, or v isit the s upport are a on the Nokia Web site, <www.nokia. com/support>. When you have receiv ed a conf iguration message Configuration sett. received is displaye d. To save the se tt ings, selec t Show > Save . If the phone r equests Enter settings' PIN: , enter the PIN code for t he settings, and select OK . To receive t he PIN code , contact the service provider that supplies the settings. If no set tings are saved yet, these s ettings are s aved and s et as default configuration setti ngs. Otherwise, the phone as ks A c tivate saved conf iguration settings? .
16 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. To dis card the r eceived s ettings, select Exit or Show > Discard . To edit t he settings , see âÂÂConfiguration,â p. 77 . â Download c ontent and ap pli cations You may be able t o download new content (for example, themes) to the phone (network service). Select the download function ( for example, in the Gallery menu). To acce ss the download function, see t he respective menu descriptions. For the availability of different services , pricing, and t ariffs, c ontact your se rvice provider. Important: Use only services that you trus t and that offer adequate se curity and protection against harmful software. â Nok ia suppo rt on th e Web Check <www .nokia.com/suppor t> or your local Nokia Web site for the latest version of this guide, addit ional information, downloads , and servic es related to your Nokia product.
17 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 1. Get sta rted â Open the fold When you open the fold of the phone, it opens up to approximately 155 de grees. Do not try to force the fold open more. â Inst all th e SIM car d and t he ba tter y Always switch the device off and disconnect the ch arger before removing the b attery. Keep all SIM card s out of the re ach of small children . For availa bility and informat ion on using SIM card services, contact your SIM card vend or. This may be the service prov ider, netw ork op er ator, or other vend or. This device is inte nded for use with BL-4C battery. The SIM c ard and its cont acts can easily be damaged by scratches or bending, so be caref ul when handling, inserting, or removi ng the card.
18 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. To remove the back cover of the phone pres s the r elease button (1), and slide the back cover to remove it fr om the phone (2). Remove th e battery as shown(3). Re lease the SIM card holder (4). Insert the SIM card (5). Ma ke sure that the SIM card is pr operly inserted, and that t he golden contact area on the card is facing downwards. Close the SIM card holder (6) and press it until it snaps into pos ition. Repl ace the battery (7). Observe t he battery c ontacts. Alway s use original Nokia batteries . See â Nokia battery authenticat ion guidelines,â p. 122 . Slide t he back co ver into it s place (8, 9).
19 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Char ge t he battery Warn ing: Use on ly b atteri es, chargers, an d enha ncements approved b y Nokia for use with this particula r model. The use of any other typ e s may inval idate any appro val or wa rranty, and may b e da ngerous . Check the model number of a ny charger before use wit h this device. This device is in tended for use when supplied w ith power from a n AC-3, AC -4, and DC-4 charger, and fro m AC-1, AC P-7 , ACP -12 , an d L CH- 12 char ge r whe n used w i th t he c harg er adap ter CA -44. For availabili ty o f approved enh ancements , please check wit h your dealer. 1. Connect the charger to a wall socket. 2. Connect the lead from the c harger to the socket on the bottom of your phone. If the battery i s completely dis charged, it may take a few minut es before the charging indicator a ppears on the display or befor e any calls ca n be mad e. The c harging time depends on the charger and the ba ttery used. F or example , charging a BL -4C battery with t he AC-3 charger takes approximately 2 hour s and 12 minutes while the phone is in the standby mode . â Swi tch t he p hon e on and off War ning : Do not switch the pho ne o n whe n wireless phone use is prohib ited or when it may cause inte rference or danger . Press and hold the power key. See âÂÂKeys and parts,â p. 21 . If t he phone asks for a PIN or a UP IN cod e, enter the code (di splay ed as **** ), and se lec t OK .
20 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Plug an d play serv ice When you switch on your phone for the first time, a nd the phone is in the standby mode, you are asked to get t he configuration settings from your service provider (network service). Confirm or decline the quer y. See " Connect t o service provider support ," p. 77 , and âÂÂConfiguration settings service,â p. 15 . â Normal operati ng position Use the ph one o nly in its norma l op eratin g posi tion . You r dev ice h as an ext e rna l ant e nna . As with any o ther ra dio tr ansmi tting device, do not t ouch the antenn a unneces s arily w hen the devi ce is switched on. Contact with the antenna a ffects call qual ity a nd may cause the device to operate a t a higher power level than otherwis e needed . Avoid ing contact with the ante nna a rea wh en op eratin g the devic e opti mizes the antenna performance a nd the battery life. â Wris t strap Remove the back cover and the battery. Insert the strap as shown in the pict ure. Replace t he battery and the back c over.
21 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 2. Y our p hone â Keys and pa rts ⢠Earpiece (1) ⢠Main display (2) ⢠Lef t selection key (3) ⢠Middle sel ection key (4) ⢠Right select ion key (5) ⢠Volume key (6) ⢠4-way navigation ke y (7) ⢠Call key (8) ⢠Push to talk (PTT) and camera rel ease key (9) ⢠Infrared (IR) po rt (10) ⢠End and pow er key (11) ⢠Charger connector (12) ⢠Pop-Port TM connector (13) ⢠Microphone (14)
22 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. ⢠Loudspeaker (15) ⢠Camera lens (16) ⢠Mini display (17) Warning: The side keys (6) and (9) and the ant enna cap of this device may contain nickel. The se parts are not designed for prolonged conta ct with the skin. Continuous exposure t o nickel on the skin may le ad to a nickel aller gy. â Sta ndby mode When the phone is r eady for use, and you have not e ntered any c haracters, the phone is in the standby mode. Mini disp lay When the fold is closed, the mini display may show t he following: ⢠The signal s trength of th e cellular networ k at your current location and the batter y charge leve l
23 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. ⢠The name of the networ k, or if the phone is not in service, it is indicated by a text not e ⢠The time, the active profile, and the alarm clock or calendar note alerts When you have an inc oming call, t he callerâÂÂs name or number is shown if it is identified. Main dis play In the standby mode the main display may show t h e following: ⢠Name of the network or the operator logo (1) ⢠Signal st rength of t he cellular net work at y our current loc ation (2) ⢠Batter y charge level (3) ⢠Function of the left selection ke y is Go to (4). ⢠Function of the middle selection key is Menu (5) ⢠Function of the right sel ection key is Names (6) or another sh ortcut to a func tion that you selec ted. See âÂÂM y sho rtcut s,â p. 67 . Operator var iants may have an operator-s pecific na me to a ccess an oper ator-specific W eb site.
24 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Person al sho rtcut list The left selection k ey is Go to . To vie w the functions in the pers onal shortcut lis t, select Go t o . To acti vate a function selec t it. To view a lis t with available functions, sele ct Go to > Options > Select options . To add a function to the shortcut l ist, select Mar k . To remove a function f rom the li st, sel ect Unmark . To rearr ange the functions on your pe rsonal shortcut list, se lect Go to > Options > O r ganise . Select the desire d function, Move , and the place where you want to move the f unction. Sh ortc uts in the st andb y m ode ⢠To ac cess the lis t of dialed numbers, press the call key once. Scroll to t he number or name that you want; to call the number, press the call key. ⢠To open the web browser, press and hold 0 . ⢠To ca ll your voice ma ilbox, pres s and hold 1 . ⢠Use t he navigation key as a s hortcut. Se e âÂÂMy sho rt cut s,â p. 67 .
25 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Power s aving A digital clock v iew overw rites the display when no function of the phone has been used for a cer tain period of time. To activa te the pow er saver , see Pow e r s a v e r in âÂÂMain dis play,â p. 68 , and âÂÂMini display,â p. 69 . To deac tivate the power s a ver, open t he fold, or press any k ey. Indicators You received one or se veral text or picture messages. See âÂÂRead and reply to a SMS message,â p. 34 . You received one or sever al multimedia messages. See âÂÂRead and reply to a multimedia message,â p. 38 . The phone registered a missed call. See âÂÂCall register,â p. 65 . The keypad is locked. See âÂÂKeypad lock (ke yguard),â p. 26 . The phone does not ring for an incoming ca ll or text mes sage when Incoming call alert and Message alert tone are set to Off . See âÂÂTones,â p. 67 . The alarm cloc k is s et to On . See âÂÂAlarm cloc k,â p. 86 . When the packet data connection mode Alway s online is selected and the packet dat a service i s available, the indicator is shown. See âÂÂPacke t data (EGPRS),â p. 75 .
26 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. A packet dat a connection is established. See âÂÂPack et da ta (EGPRS ),â p. 75 and âÂÂBr owse pages,â p. 108 . The pack et data c onnection is s uspended (on hold), for ex ample, if there is an incoming or out going call during a pa cket data dial-up connect ion. When the infr ared connection is activated, the indic ator is shown continuously. Bluetooth connection indicator. See âÂÂBluetooth wireless t echnology,â , p. 72 . â Key pad l ock (key g uard ) To preve nt the keys fr om being accident ally press ed, select Menu , and press * within 3.5 seconds to lock the keypad. To unlock the ke ypad, se lect Unlock , and press * . If the Security keygu ard is set On , enter th e security c ode if reques ted. To ans wer a call w hen the ke yguard is on, press the call key. Whe n you end or reject the call, the key pad automatically locks. For Automatic keyguard and Securi ty keyg uard , see âÂÂP ho ne , â p. 71 . When the keygua rd is on, calls s till may be pos s ible to the officia l emerge ncy number programmed in to your de vice.
27 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 3. Call funct ion s â Mak e a cal l 1. Enter the phone number, inc luding the area code. For international calls, press * twice for the int ernational prefix (the charact er replaces t he internati onal access code ) and then e nter the c ountry code, the area code without the leading 0, if necessary, and the phone number. 2. To ca ll the number , press the call key. 3. To end the call or t o cancel the call attempt, press the end k ey, or close the phone. To mak e a call using names , search for a name or phone number in Contacts , see âÂÂSearch for a contact,â p. 56 . Press the call key to call the number . To ac cess the list of up to 20 numbers you last c alled or attempt ed to call, pres s the call key onc e in the standby mode. T o call the number, select a number or name, and press th e call key . Speed dialing Assign a phone number to one of t he speed-dialing keys, 2 to 9 . See âÂÂSpe ed dials,â p. 64 . Call the number in either of the following ways: ⢠Press a speed-dial ing key , then the c all key. â¢I f Speed dialling is set to On , press and hold a speed-dialing k ey until the c all begins. See Speed dialling in âÂÂCall,â p. 70 .
28 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Answe r or r eje ct a cal l To ans wer an incoming c all, press the call key, or open t he phone. To end the call, press the end key, or close the phone. To rejec t an incoming call when t he phone is op en, press the end key, or close the phone. To reject an incoming call when the phone is clos ed, open t he phone, and press the end key within 1 .5 seconds. To mute t he ringing tone, press one of the volume keys , or select Silence . Tip: If the Diver t if busy f unction is act ivated to div ert the calls (for example, t o your voice mailbox) rejec tin g an incoming call also diver ts the call. See âÂÂCall,â p. 70 . If a compatible headset supplied with the headset key is connected to the phone, to a nswer and end a call, press the heads et ke y. Ca ll wa it ing To ans wer the wa iting call during a n active call, pre ss the call key. The first call is put on hold. To end the active c all, press the end k ey. To ac tiv ate th e Call waiting funct ion, see âÂÂCall,â p. 70 . â Options d urin g a ca ll Many of t he options that y ou can use during a cal l are network services. For availability, contact your network operator or s ervice provider . During a call, select O ptions and fr om the following options:
29 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Call options are Mute or Unm ut e , Contac ts , Menu, Reco rd , Lock keypad , Auto volume on , Loudspeaker or H andset . Network s ervices opt ions are Answer and Reject , H old or U nhold , New call , Add t o con f er en ce , E nd call , End all calls , a nd the following: Send DTMF â to send tone s t rings Swap â to switch between t he active ca ll and the call on hold Transf er â to connect a call on hold to an active c all and disconne ct yourself Conference â to make a conference call that allows up to five persons to take part in a c onference cal l Private call âÂÂto dis cuss privately in a confer ence call War ning: Do not hold the de vice near your ear when the louds peaker is in use, becau se the volume may be extremely lou d.
30 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 4. Writ e text You can e nter text (for example, w hen writing mes sages) using traditional or predictiv e text input. Wh en using traditional text input, pr ess a number key, 1 to 9 , repeatedly until t he desired character appears. In predic tive text input you can enter a letter with a single k eypress. When you are writing t ext, predi ctive text input is indicated by and traditional t ext input by at the t op left of th e display. , , or appear next to the t ext input indic ator, indicat ing the charac ter case. To cha nge the charac ter case and the text input mode, pr ess # . indicates number mode. To change from t he letter to nu mber mode, press and hold # , and sel ect Number mode . â Sett ings To set the writing language, select Options > Writing language . Predictive text input is only available fo r the language s listed. Select Options > Dict ionary on to s et the pre dictive text input or Dict ionary off to set traditional text input. â Pred ict ive te xt in put Predictive t ext input is based on a built -in dictionary to which you can also add new word s.
31 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 1. Start writing a word using the 2 to 9 keys. Press each key only onc e for a single letter. T he word c hanges af ter each k eypress. 2. When y ou have finished writ ing the word and it is correct, to co nfirm it, press 0 to a dd a space, or press any of the nav igation keys . Press a navigation key to move th e cursor. If the word is not c orr ect, pres s * r epeatedly, or select O ptions > M atches . When the word that you want a ppears, confirm it. If ? is displayed a fter the w ord, the word y ou intended to wr ite is not in the dictiona ry. To add t he word to t he dictionary, select Spell . Enter the word (traditional t ext input is used), and select Save . 3. Start writing the next word. Wri t e c o mpo u nd wo rds Enter the first pa rt of the word, and press the navigation k ey right t o confirm it. Write t he next part of the w ord, and confirm the word. â Tradit ional te xt in put Press a number key, 1 to 9 , repeatedly until the desired character appears. Not all charact ers available under a number k ey are printed on the ke y. T he characters available depend on the writing language. See âÂÂS et ti ngs,â p. 30 . If the next letter you want is located on t he same k ey as the present one, wait until the cursor appea rs, or press any of the na vigation key s and enter the letter. The mos t common punctuation mar ks and spec ial characters are available under the 1 key.
32 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 5. N avigate the me nus The phone offers you an extensive r ange of f unctions, which are grouped into menus. 1. To ac cess the menu, se lect Men u . To change the menu view, select Options > Main menu view > Lis t or Grid . 2. Scroll t hrough the menu, and select a s ubmenu (for example , S etting s ). 3. If the menu contains submenus, select the one t hat you want (for e xample, Call ). 4. If the selected menu contains further submenus, select the one that you want (for ex ample, Anykey answer ). 5. Select the setting of your choice . 6. To return to the previous menu lev el, select Back . To exit the menu, select Exit .
33 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 6. Messages The mes sage services can only be used if they are supported by your network or your service provider. Not e: When sendi ng message s, your phone ma y display the words Me ssag e s ent . This is a n indicatio n that the message h as been sent b y your device to the message centre number p ro grammed i nto your device. Thi s is not an indica tion that the messag e has been rec eived at the intende d destinati o n. For more d etails about messag ing servic es , check with your service p rovider . Important : Ex ercise cauti on when opening mes sages. Mes sages may contai n mal iciou s soft ware or oth erwise be ha rmful to yo ur devi ce or PC. Only devices tha t h ave compatib le features ca n receive an d display me ssages. The app eara nce of a me ssage may vary depe nding on th e rece iving devi ce. â Te xt messag es ( SMS) Using t he short message se rvice (SMS) you can send and receiv e multipart messages made of seve ral ordinary t ext messages (net work service ) that can contain pictures. Before y ou can send any text, picture, or e-ma il message, you must save y our message c enter number. See âÂÂMes sage sett ing s,â p. 52 . To che ck SMS e-mail service ava ilability and to subscribe t o the s ervice, cont act your service provider.
34 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Your device s u pports th e sending of text mes sages beyo nd the chara cter limit f or a single message. Longer mess ages will be sent as a s eries of two or mo re messages. Y o ur se rvice provider may charge accordingly. Characters that use a ccents or other ma rks, and characters from some lang u age optio ns like Chinese, take up more space limiti n g the nu mber of chara cters that ca n be sent in a sing le message. At the top of the display, you can see the mes sage length indicat or that tracks the number of charact ers available. For exampl e, 10/2 means that you can still add 10 charac ter s for the te xt to be sent a s two mes sages . Wri te and send a SMS message 1. Select Men u > Messag es > Create message > Text message . 2. Enter a message. See âÂÂWri te tex t,â p. 30 . To insert text template s or a pictu re into the message, see âÂÂTemplates,â p. 35 . Each pict ure message comprises seve ral text messages . Sending one pic ture or multipar t message may cost more than sending one text message. 3. To send the mess age, sel ect Send > Recently used , T o phone number , To many , or To e-mail address . T o send a message us ing a prede fined message profile, sel ect Via sending profile . For the mes sage profil e, see âÂÂTex t and SMS e-mail,â p. 52 . Select or enter a phone number or e-mail address, or select a profile. Rea d and r eply to a SM S m ess age is shown w hen you receive an SMS me ssage or an SMS e-mail. The blinking indicat es that the me ssage memory is full. Bef ore you can r eceive new messages, delete some of your old mes sages in the Inbox folder.
35 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 1. To vie w a new mes sage, s elect Show . To view it later, select Exit . To read the message later, select Menu > Messages > Inbox . If more than one message is received, sele ct the message that you want to read. indicates an unread message. 2. While reading a message, s elect Options , and delete or forward the me ssage; edit the message as a text message or an SMS e- mail, rename the message you are r eading, or move it to another folder; or v iew or e xtract message det ails. You can a lso copy text from the beginning of the mes sage to your phone calendar as a reminder note. To sav e the picture in the Te mplates folder when reading a picture me ssage, selec t Save picture . 3. To r eply as a mes sage, s elect Reply > Text message , M ult imedia msg. , Flas h message , or Audio me ssage . Enter the reply message. When replying to an e-mail, first confirm or edit the e- mail address a nd subject. 4. To s end the message to the dis played number, se lect Send > OK . Tem plat es Your phone has text te mplates and pict ure templates that you can use in text, picture, or SMS e- mail message s. To ac cess the t emplate l ist, select Me nu > Mes sages > Saved it ems > Text messages > Templates .
36 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Mul tim edia mess age s A multimedia message can c ontain text, sound, a picture, a calendar note, a business c ard, or a video clip. If t he message is too large, the phone may not be able t o receive it . Some net works allow text messages that include an Internet address where you can view the multimedia message. You cannot receive multimedia messages during a c all, a game, another J ava applicat ion, or an act ive browsing s ession over G SM data. Becaus e delivery of multimedia message s can fail for various reasons, do not rely solely upon them for essential communica tions. Write and send a multimedia m essa ge To set the settings f or multimedia messaging, see âÂÂMultimedia,â p. 53 . To ch eck availability and to subscr ibe to the multimedia mes saging service, contact your service provider. 1. Select Men u > Messag es > Create message > Multimedia msg. . 2. Enter a message. See âÂÂWri te tex t,â p. 30 . To ins ert a file, s elect Options > Ins ert and fr om the following options: Image , Sound clip or Video c lip â to insert a file from Gallery New imag e opens the Camera â to take a new image t o be added t o the message New soun d c lip opens the Recorde r â to make a new record t o be added t o the message
37 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Business card or Calendar note â to insert a business card or a calendar note in the message. Slide â t o insert a s lide to the message. Your phone s upports multimedia messages that contain several pages (slides). Each slide can c ontain text, one image, a calendar note, a business c ard, and one sound clip. To open a desir ed slide if the message contains several slides, select Options > Pr e vious slide , Next s lide , or Slide list . To s et the interv al between t he slides, sele ct Options > Slide t iming . T o move the text component to the top or bottom of the message, sel ect Options > Place text fir st or Place te xt last . The following opt ions may also be availa ble: Dele te to delete an image, slide, o r sound c lip from the mes sage, Clear text , Preview , or Save message . In More options the following op tions may be av ailable: Insert contact , Insert number, Message details , and Edit subject . 3. To send the mess age, sel ect Send > Recently used , T o phone number , To e-mail address , o r T o many . 4. Select the contact f rom the lis t, or enter the recip ientâÂÂs phone number or e- mail address, or search for it in Contacts . Sele ct OK . The me ssage is moved to the O utbox folder for s ending. While the multimedia message is being s ent, the animated indicator is displaye d and you can use other functions on the phone. If the sending f ails, the phone tries to res end it a fe w times. If t his fails, the mes sage remains in the Outbox folder, a nd you can t ry to res end it later.
38 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. If you select Save sent messages > Yes , the s ent message is saved in t he Sent items folder. Se e âÂÂMultimedia,â p. 53 . When the message is sent, it is not an indicat ion that the mess age has been r eceived at t he intended destination. Co pyright prot ections ma y prev ent som e im ages, r ingin g tone s, an d oth er co ntent from bei ng copi ed, mo difi ed , tr ansf err ed or fo rwar ded. Read and reply to a multimedia messa ge Important: Exercise cautio n when opening mes s ages. Multimed ia messag e objects may contain ma licious so ftware or otherw ise be harmful to your de vice or PC. When your phone receives a multimedia message, the animated is displayed. When the message has been receiv ed, and t he text Multimedia message receive d are shown. 1. To read the message, select Play . To view it lat er, select Ex it . To read the message later, select Menu > Messages > Inbox . In the list of messages, indicates a n unread message . Select the message that y ou want to view . 2. The f unction of the middle select ion key cha nges according t o the c urrently displaye d attachment in t he messag e. To vie w the whole message if the received mes sage contains a presenta tion, a sound c lip, or view a video clip, selec t Pl ay . To zoom in on an image, select Zoom . To view a business card or calendar note or to open a t heme object, select Open .
39 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 3. To reply to the message, select O ptions > Reply > Text message , M ultimedia msg. , Flash message , or Audio message . Enter th e reply mes sage, and select Send . You c an send the reply message only t o the pers on who sent you the original message. Select Options to access available options. â Memo ry f ull When y ou have receive d a new te xt message and the message me mory is full, blinks and T e xt msgs. memory fu ll. Delete msgs. is shown. Select No , and delete some me ssages from a folder. To disc ard the wait ing message, s elect Exit > Ye s . When you have a ne w multimedia me ssage waiting and the memory for the messages is full, blinks and Multimedia memory full. View waiting msg. is shown. To view t he waiting mess age, select Show . Before you can save the waiting messa ge, delete old messages to free memory space. To save the message, sel ect Save . To dis card the wa iting message, select Exit > Ye s . If y ou select No , you can view the message. â Folders The phone saves received text and multimedia messages in t he Inbox folder. Multimedia messages that hav e not yet be en sent are moved to the Outbox folder.
40 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. If you select Menu > Messages > Message settings > Text message s > Save sent messages > Yes , and Menu > Messages > Message settings > Multimedia msgs. > Save s ent messages > Ye s , the sent messages are saved in the Sent it ems folder. To s ave the tex t message that you are wr iting and wish t o send la ter in the Saved items folder, s elect Options > Save mess age > Saved tex t msgs. . For multimedia messages, select t he option Save message . indicates unsent messages. To organize your text messages, move some of t hem to My fol d ers or add new folders for your mes sages. Select Messages > Saved items > T ext messages > My folders . To add a folder, s elect Options > A dd folder . If you ha ve not saved any folders , sel ect Add . To dele te or rename a folder, sc roll to the des ired folder, and select Options > Delete folder or Rename folder . â Flash me ssage s Flash messages are t ext message s that are instantly displayed upon reception. Write a flas h message Select Menu > Messages > Create message > Flash message . Write your message. The max imum length of a flash messag e is 70 cha racters. To insert a blinking text into the mess age, select Insert blink char . from the options list to set a marker. The text a fter the marke r blinks until a second ma rker is inserted.
41 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Receive a flas h message A received flash mess age is not aut omatically saved. To r ead the messa ge, select Read . To extract phone number s, e-mail addr esses, and Web site addresses from the c urrent message , select Options > Use det ail . To save the mess ag e, se le ct Save and t he folder in w hich you want to save t he message. â Nokia Xpress au dio mess aging With t his menu, use t he multimedia message service to creat e and send a voice message in a convenient way. Multimedia mes saging service mus t be activa ted before this service can be used. Cr eate and se nd an audi o messa ge 1. Select Menu > Messa ges > Create message > Audio message . The recor der opens. To use the r ecorder, see âÂÂRecor d er,â p. 85 . 2. When the message is ready t o send, s elect Options > Play to chec k the message bef ore sending, Replace s ound clip to repeat t he recording, Save message to save the message in Saved it ems folder, Save sound clip to sa v e t he recording in G allery , Edit subject to ins ert a s ubject to t he message , Message details to view t he messa ge details, or Lo udsp eaker or Handset . 3. To send the mess age, sel ect Send > Recently used , To phone number , To e-mail address , o r T o many . Depending on your s ervice provider , more options may be available.
42 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 4. Select the contact f rom the lis t, enter t he recipientâÂÂs phone number or e-ma il address, or search for it in Contac ts . Select OK , and the message is mov ed to the Outbox folder for sending. Receive an audio messag e When your phone rece ives an a udio message, 1 audio message received is shown. Select Play to open th e message or Show > Play if there are more t han one message r eceived. Select Options to se e the options available. To listen to the message lat er, selec t Exit . To save the message, select Options > Save s ound clip and the folder in which you want t o save the message. â Ins tant me ssa ging Instant messaging (network ser vice) is a way to se nd short, simple text messages to online use rs. Before you c an use instant messaging, you must subscribe to t he service. To check the availability and costs, a nd to subscribe t o the service, contact your servic e provider, f rom whom you als o receive your unique ID, pas sword, and settings. To set the required settings for the instant messaging service, see Connect. settings in âÂÂAccess the instant messaging me nu,â p. 43 . The icons and texts on the display may vary, depending on the instant mes saging service.
43 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Dependi ng on t he network, the active instant messaging conversation may consume the phone batter y faster, and you may nee d to connec t the phone t o a cha rge r. Ac cess th e i nst ant mes sagi ng m en u To ac cess the me nu while still of fline, select Menu > Messages > Ins tant messages . If more than one set of connection settings f or the instant messaging service is availabl e, select t he desired one . If there is only one s et defined, it is selected automatic ally. The following options are shown: Login â to connect to the ins tant mess aging service Saved conv ers. â to vie w, erase or rename the instant messaging conver sations that you have save d during the ins tant messaging se ssion Connect. settings â to edit th e settings needed for messaging and presence connection Connect to the instant mess aging s er vice To conne ct to the instant messaging service, enter t he Instant message s menu, activat e an inst ant messaging ser vice, and select Login . When the p hone has succe ssfully connected, Logged in is displayed. To dis connect from t he instant me ssaging service, select Logout .
44 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Sta rt an inst ant messa ging sess ion Open the Instant messages menu, and connect to the s ervice. St art the servic e in different ways. Conversations â to view the list of new and read instant me ssages or invitations for insta nt messaging during t he active instant mes saging sessio n. Scroll to the message or invitation that you want, and select Open t o r e a d t h e m e s s a g e . indicates th e new and read gr oup messages. indicat es the new a nd the read instant messages. indicates the invitations. The icons and texts on t he display may vary, depending on the instant messaging servi ce. IM contacts â to view t he contacts t hat you have added. Sc roll to the contact with whom you would lik e to cha t and select Chat or Ope n if a new contact is shown in the list. To add cont acts see âÂÂContacts for insta nt messaging,â p. 47 . indicates the online and the of fline contacts in the phone contacts memory. indicates a blocked contact. indicate s a contact t hat has been sent a new mess age. Groups > Public groups â to display the lis t of bookmar ks to public groups provided by the servi ce provider. To s tart a instant messaging session with a group, scroll to a group, and select Join . Enter your s creen name that y ou want to use in the conversat ion. When you have succ essfully joined the group conversation, you c an start a group c onversation. To create a private group, see âÂÂGroups,â p. 47 .
45 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Search > User s or Groups â to sear ch for other instant messaging users or public groups on the network by phone number, screen name, e-mail address, or name. If you select Gr oups , you can search for a group by a me mber in the group or by group name, topic, or ID. To start th e conversation when you ha ve found the user or the group th at you want, se lect O ptions > Chat or J oin group . Start a c onversation fr om Contac ts , see âÂÂView the subscribed names,â p. 61 . Accept or reject an invitation In the standby mode, when you are connected to t he instant messaging service and you receive a new invitation, N ew invitation r eceived is displayed. To r ead it, sel ect Re a d . If more t han one invit ation is receive d, scroll t o the invi tation you want, and s elect Open . T o join the private group conv ersation, select Acce pt , and enter the screen name; or to rejec t or delete t he invitation, select Options > Reject or Dele te . Read a re ceiv ed inst ant me ssa ge In the standby mode, when you are connected to t he instant messaging service, and you receive a new message that is not a mess age associate d with an active conversat ion, New instant message is displayed. To read it, select Read . If you receive more than one me ssage, s croll to the me ssage, and select Open . New messages receiv ed during an active c onversation are held in Instant messages > Conversations . If you receiv e a message f rom someone w ho is not in
46 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. IM contacts , the sender ID is displayed. To save a new cont act that is not in the phone memory, select Options > Save contact . Particip ate in a convers ation To join or start an instant messaging s ession, select Writ e . Write your message, and se lect Send or pr ess the call key to send it . Select Opti ons > View conversat ion , Save contact , Group members , Block cont act , or End c onversation . Edit your ava ilabilit y status 1. Open the Instant messages menu, and connect t o the inst ant messaging servi ce. 2. To view and edit your own availability information, or screen name, select My settings . 3. To allow all the other instant mess aging users to s ee you when you are online, sel ect A v ailability > A vailable for all . To allow only the contacts on your instant messaging contact list to s ee you when you are online, select A vailability > Av ail. for contacts . To appea r as being of fline, select A v ailability > A ppe ar offline . When you are connect ed to the ins tant mess aging service, indicates that you are online, and indicates that you ar e not visible to others.
47 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Cont acts fo r instant mes sagi ng To add contacts to t he instant messaging contac ts list, connect t o the inst ant messaging s ervice, and s elect IM contacts . To add a contact to the list, select Options > A dd cont act , or if yo u have no contact s added, select Add . Select Enter ID manually , Search fr om serv . , Copy from server , or By mobile number . Scroll t o a contact, and to start a convers ation, select Chat or Options > Contact info , Block c ontact or Unblock contact , Add contact , Remove contact , Change list , Copy to server , or A vailability aler ts . Block an d unblock m essag es To block messages, connect to t he instant me ssaging service, and select Conversations > IM contacts ; or join or start a c onversation. Scr oll to the cont act from whom you want t o block incoming messages, select O ptions > Block contact > OK . To unblock the message s, connect t o the insta nt messaging s ervice, and s elect Blocked list . Scroll t o the contac t from whom you want to unblock the mes sages, and se lect Unblock . Grou ps You can creat e your own pri vate groups for an instant mes saging conversation, or use the public groups provided by t he service provider. The privat e groups exis t only during an instant messaging c onversation. The groups are saved on t he server of the service provider. If t he server you are logged on to does not support group service s, all group-related me nus are dimmed.
48 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Public groups Groups â You can bookma rk public groups that your s ervice provider may maintain. Connect to the ins tant messaging se rvice, and se lect Public groups . Scroll t o a group with which you want to chat, and select Join . If you are not in the group, enter your s creen name as your nickname f or the group. To delete a group from your gr oup list, select Op ti ons > Delete group . To s earch for a group, select G roups > Public groups > Sear ch groups . You can search for a group by a member in the group, by group name, topic, or ID. Create a private g roup Connect to the ins tant messaging se rvice, and se lect Groups > Create group . Enter the name for the gr oup and the screen name that you want t o use. Mark the private group members in t he contacts list, and writ e an invitation. â E-m ail app licat ion The e- mail applicat ion allows you to access your compatible e-mail acc ount from your phone whe n you are not in the of fice or at home. This e-mail application is different f rom the SMS and MMS e-mail funct ion. Your phone support s POP3 and IMAP4 e-mail servers. Before you can send and retrieve any e-mail, you may need to do t he following: ⢠Obtain a new e-mail ac count or use the current one. For avail ability of your e-mail a ccount contact y our e-mail service provider. ⢠For the settings required for e-mail, cont act your e -mail service pr ovider. You may rece ive the e -mail confi guration settings as a configuration mes sage. See
49 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. âÂÂConfiguration settings ser vice,â p. 15 . You can also ent er the settings manually. See âÂÂConfiguration,â p. 77 . To a ctivate the e-mail settings, s elect Men u > Messages > Mess age se tt ing s > E-mail messages . See â E-mail,â p. 54 . This application does not s upport keypad tones. Wri te and send an e-mail 1. Select Menu > Messa ges > E-mail > Create e-mail . 2. Enter the recipientâÂÂs e-mail address, a subject, and the e-mail message. To att ach a file to the e- mail, select Options > Attach and t he file in Gallery . 3. Select Send > Send now . Dow nloa d e-m ai l 1. To ac cess the e -mail applicat ion, select Menu > Messages > E-mail . 2. To downloa d e-mail mes sages that have been sent to your e- mail account, sel ect Re tr iev e . To downloa d new e-mail messages and t o send e-mail t hat has been saved in the Outbox folder, select Options > Retrieve and s end . To downloa d first the headings of the new e-mail mes sages that have been sent to your e -mail account, select Options > Check new e-mail . Then, to download th e selected e-mail, mark t he desired ones , and se lect Options > Retrieve .
50 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 3. Select the new mes sage in Inbox . To v iew it la ter, select Ba ck . indicates an unread message. Rea d and re ply to e-mail Import ant: Excerc ise ca ution when opening me ssages . E-mail mes s ages may contain malicious softwa re or otherwise be harm ful to your device or PC. Select Menu > Messa ges > E-mail > Inbox and the desired message. While read ing the message, select Options to view t he available options. To reply to an e- mail, select Reply > Original t ext or Empty screen . To reply t o many, s elect Options > R eply to all . Confirm or edit the e-mail address and subject; t hen write y our reply. To send the me ssage, s elect Send > Send now . Inbo x and other folder s Your phone sa ves e-mail that you have downloaded from your e-mail acc ount in Inbox folder. Other folders contains t he following folders: Draf ts for saving unfinished e- mail, Arc hive for organizing and saving your e- mail, Outbox for saving e-mail that has not been se nt, and Sent items for saving e-mail t ha t has been s ent. To manage the folders and their e-mail content, s elect Options > Manage folder .
51 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Del ete e-mail mes sages Select Menu > Messa ges > E-mail > Opti ons > Manage folder and the d esired folder. Mark the messages that you want to delete. To dele te them, select Options > Delete . Deleting a n e-mail from your phone does not delete it f rom the e- mail server. To set t he phone to delete the e- mail also fr om the e-mail s erver, s elect Menu > Messages > E-mail > Options > Extra settings > Leave copy: > Delete retr . msgs . â V oice messa ges The v oice mailbox is a network service and you may need to subscribe t o it. F or details, c ontact your s ervice provider. To ca ll your v oice mailbox, s elect Menu > Messages > Voice messages > Lis ten to voice me ssages . To e nter, search for, or edit your voice mailbox number, select Voice mailbox number . If suppor ted by the network, indicat es that there ar e new voice messages. Select Lis ten to call your voice mailbox number. â Inf o mess age s Select Menu > Messa ges > Info mes sages . W ith the Info messages network service , you can rec eive mess ages on va rious topics from your service provider. To check availability, topics, and t he relevant topic numbers , contact y our service provider.
52 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Serv ice co mm ands Select Menu > Messa ges > Servic e commands . Write and send ser vice requests (also k nown as USSD commands ) to your s ervice prov ider, such as act ivation commands for network services. â Dele te mess ages To dele te all message s from a fol der, select Me nu > M essa g es > Delet e messages and t he folder fr om which you wa nt to delet e the message s. Select Ye s , and if the folder contains unread messages, the phone asks w hether you want t o delete them also. Select Yes aga in . â Messa g e se tting s Te xt and SMS e-mail The mes sage settings affect the sending, receiv ing, and viewing of messages . Select Menu > Messa ges > Message set tings > T ext messages and from the following opt ions: Sending profile â If more than one mes sage profile s et is supported by your SIM card , select t he set you want to change. The following options may be a vailable: Message centr e number (delivered from your service provider), Messa ges s ent vi a , M e ssage validity , D ef ault recipient number (text me ssages) or E-mail server (e- mail), Delivery reports , Use pa cket data , Reply via same centre (n etwork serv ice), an d Rename sending profile .
53 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Save s ent messages > Ye s â Set t he phone to save th e sent text messages in t he Sent items folder. Automatic resending > On â The phone aut omatically attempts to resend a text message, if the sending has f ailed. Multimedia The mes sage settings affect the se nding, receiv ing, and viewing of multimedia messages. Select Menu > Messa ges > Message set tings > M ultimedia msgs. and f rom the following opt ions: Save sent mes sages > Ye s â to set the phone to save s ent multimedia messages in the Sent items folder Deliver y reports â to ask the net work to send deliv ery repor ts about y our messages (netw ork service) Scale image down â to def ine the image size when you i nsert an image to a multimedia message Default slide timing â to def ine the default time between slides in multimedia messages Allow multimedia reception > Yes or No â t o receive or to block the multimedia message. If you select In home network , you cannot receiv e multimedia me ssages when outside your home network.
54 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Incoming multimedia mes sages > Re tri eve , Ret rieve manually , or Rejec t â t o allow t he reception of multimedia message s automatically, manually after being prompted, or to reject the reception Configuration settings > Configuration â Only the configur ations that s upport multimedia messaging are shown. Select a service provider, Default , or P ersonal config. for multimedia mes saging. Select A c count and select a multimedia messaging s ervice account contained in t he active configuration settings. Allow adverts â to receiv e or rejec t advertisements. This setting is not shown if Allow multimedia reception is se t to No . E-ma il The s ettings affect the sending, rece iving, a nd viewing of e- mail. You may rec eive the configuration sett ings for the e- mail applicat ion as a configuration mes sage. See âÂÂConfiguration settings service,â p. 15 . You can a lso enter th e settings manual ly. Se e âÂÂC onfiguration,â p. 77 . To activate the settings for the e-mail application, select Menu > Messages > Message settings > E-mail messages and fr om the following options: Configuration â Select the set that you would like to ac tivate. Account â Sel ect an account provided by t he service provider. My name â Enter your name or nic kname. E-mail addres s â Enter e-mail address. Include signature â You ca n define a signature that is automatically adde d to the end of your e-mail w hen you write your message .
55 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Reply-to addr ess â Enter the e-mail address to which you want the replies to be sent. SMTP user name â Enter t he name t hat you want to us e for out going mail. SMTP password â Ent er the password that you w ant to use f or outgoing mail. Display t erminal window â Select Yes to perform manual us er authentication for intranet connec tions. Incoming server type â Select either POP3 or IMAP4 , depe nding on the type of e- mail system t hat you are using. If bot h types are s upported, select IMA P4 . Incoming mail settings â Select available options for POP3 or IMAP4. Othe r set ti ngs To s elect other s ettings for messages, s elect Menu > Messages > Message settings > Other s ett ing s . To change the font si ze for reading and w riting me ssag es, se le ct Font si ze . To replace charac ter-based smiley s with graphical smileys s elect Graphical s mileys > Ye s . â Messa g e co unter Select Menu > Messages > Mess age counter for appr oximate information on your recent communications.
56 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 7. Contac ts You can s ave names and phone numbers ( Contacts ) in the phone me mory and in the SIM card memory. See â Settings ,â p. 62 . The phone memory may sa ve contacts with numbers and t ext items . You can also save an image for a certain number of names. Names and numbe rs saved in the SIM card memory, are indicated by . â Sea rch for a conta ct Select Menu > Cont ac t s > Names > Options > Search . Sc roll through the list of contacts or enter the f irst letter of the name for which y ou are searching. â Sav e n ames an d ph one num ber s Names and numbe rs are saved in the us ed memory. Selec t Menu > Contacts > Names > Opti ons > Add new contact . Enter the name and the phone number. â Save numbers , ite ms, o r an imag e In the phone memo ry for contacts, you can s ave different types of phone number s and short text items per name. The fir st number you sa ve is automat ically set a s the defa ult number. It is indicat ed with a frame around the number type indicat or (for example, ).
57 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. When you select a name (for example , to mak e a call), the default number is used unless you selec t another number. 1. Make s ure that the memory in use is either Phone or Phone and SIM . See âÂÂSet ti ngs ,â p. 62 . 2. Scroll t o the name to which you want to add a new number or text item, a nd sel ect Details > Options > A dd detail . 3. To add a number, selec t Number and one of the numbe r types. To add another detail se lect a text type or an ima ge from Gallery . To sear ch for an ID f rom the ser ver of your service provider if you hav e connect ed to the pr esence service, select Us er ID > Sear ch . See âÂÂMy presence,â p. 59 . If only one ID is found, it is automatically saved. Othe rwise, to sav e the ID, select O pt ions > Save . To enter the ID, select Enter ID manually . To change the number type, sc roll to the desired number, and s elect Options > Change type . To set the selec ted number as the default number , select Set as default . 4. Enter the number or te xt item; to sav e it, selec t OK . 5. To return to the standby mode, select Back > Exit . â Copy c ontacts You can c opy names a nd phone numbers fr om the phone contact memory to the SIM card memory, or vice vers a. The SIM card memory can save names with one phone number at tached to them. Search f or the cont act you want to copy, and select Options > Copy .
58 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Edit c ontact details 1. Search for t he contact you want t o edit, selec t D etails , and scroll to t he desired name, number, text item, or image. 2. To edit a name, number, or text item, or to c hange an image, select Options > Edit name , Edit number , Edit detail , or Change image . You cannot edit an ID when it is on th e IM contacts or Subscribed names list. â Dele te con tact s or con tact de tails To delete a ll the contact s and the details a ttached to them fr om the phone or SIM card memor y, sele ct Menu > Contacts > D elete all contacts > F rom phone mem. or From SIM car d . Confirm with t he security code. To delete a contact, search for the desired contact, and s elect O ptions > Dele te contact . To dele te a number, text item, or an image at tached to t he contact, search for the contact, and select Details . Scroll t o the desir ed detail, and s elect Options > Delete > Delete number , D ele te detail , or Delet e image . Deleting an image from contacts does not delete it from Gallery . â Bu sine ss ca rds You can s end and receive a pers onâÂÂs contact informat ion from a compatible dev ice that s upports the vCard s tandard as a business card.
59 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. To send a business card, search for the cont act whose information you want to send , a nd selec t Details > Options > Send bus . card > Via multimedia , Via text message , Via infrared or Via Bluet ooth . When you have received a busines s card, s elect Show > Save to save the bus iness card in t he phone memor y. To discar d the busines s card, se lect Exit > Yes . â My pr es ence With t he presence s ervice ( network ser vice) you can share your presence s tatus with other users with compatible devices and access to the service. Presence status include s your availabili ty, status message, and per sonal logo. Oth er users who have access t o the serv ice and who request your infor mation are able to see your status. The requested information is s hown in Subsc ribed names in the viewer sâ Contacts menu. You ca n personalize t he information t hat you wa nt to share wi th others and control who can see your status. Befor e you can use presence , you must subscr ibe to the servic e. T o check t he availability, and cost s, and to subs cribe to the service, c ontact your service provider, f rom whom you als o receive your unique ID, pas sword, and th e settings for the serv ice. See â Configuration,â p. 77 . While you are connected to the presence servic e, you can us e the other f unctions of the phone; the pres ence service is active in the bac kground. If you disconnect from the s ervice, your pr esence status is shown f or a certain amount of time t o viewers , depending on t he service provider. Select Menu > Cont ac t s > My presence and from t he following options:
60 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Connect to 'My pre sence' serv ice or Dis connect from service â to connect t o or disconnect from the service. View my pres ence â to v iew the stat us in Private pres . and Public pr esence . Edit my pr esence â to change your presence s tatus. Select My availability , My presence message , My presence logo , or Show to . My viewers > Cu rrent vie wers , Private list , or Blocked list Settings > Show current presence i n idle , Synchronise w ith profiles , Connection type , or Presence s ettings â Sub scrib ed na mes You can c reate a list of contacts whose presence status information you want to be aware of. You c an view th e information if it is allowed by the c ontacts and the network. To view these subscribe d names, scroll t hrough the cont acts or use the Subscribed names menu. Make su re that the memory in use is either Phone or Phone and SIM . To conne ct to the Presence s ervice, select Menu > Contacts > M y presence > Connect to 'My pre sence' serv ice . Add conta cts t o th e subs cribe d n ames 1. Select Menu > Cont ac t s > Subscr ibed names . 2. If you have no c ontacts on your list, select Add . O therwise, select Options > Subscribe new . The list of your contacts is shown.
61 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 3. Select a contact from the list and if the cont act has an us er ID s aved, the contact is added to th e subscribed names list. View the s ubscribed names To vie w the pres ence informat ion, see âÂÂSearch for a contact,â p. 56 . 1. Select Menu > Cont ac t s > Subscr ibed names . The s tatus information o f the first contact on the s ubscribed names list is displaye d. The infor mation that the person wants to give t o the others may include text and some of the following ic ons: , , or indicates t hat the per son is available , discreet , or not ava ilable. indicates that the personâÂÂs presence information is not available. 2. Select Detail s to v iew the details of the selec ted contact or Options > Subscribe new , Chat , Send mess age , Send bus. card , or Unsubscribe . Unsubscribe a contact To unsubscribe a contact from the Contacts list, s elect the c ontact and Details > the user ID > O ptions > Unsubscr ibe > OK . To unsubscribe, use the Subscribed names menu. See âÂÂV iew the subscribed names,â p. 61 .
62 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Sett ings Select Menu > Cont ac t s > Se ttings and from the f ollowing options: Memory in use â to s elect SIM card or phone memory for your contacts Contacts view â to select how the names and numbers in c ontacts are dis played Memory status â to view the free and used memo ry capacity â Grou ps Select Menu > Cont ac t s > Groups to arrange the names and phone numbers save d in the memory into caller groups with different ringing tones and gr oup images. â V oice di alin g You can ma ke a phone c all by saying a voice tag that has bee n added to a phone number. Any s poken words, s uch as a name, can be a voice t ag. The number of voice tags you can c reate is limited. Before using voi ce ta gs, note th at: ⢠Voice tag s are not la nguage-depend ent. They are depe ndent on the speak e r's voice. ⢠You must say the n ame exactly as you sa id it when you recorded it. ⢠Voice tag s are se nsitive to backgrou nd noise . Record voice ta g s and us e them in a q uiet environme nt. ⢠Very sho rt names are n ot accepted . Use lon g names and avo id simi lar names fo r differ ent num be rs.
63 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Not e: Using voice tags may be difficu lt in a nois y environ ment or during a n emergency, so y ou shou ld not rely solely up on voice dialling in all ci rcumstanc es. Add an d manag e vo ice ta gs Save or copy the contact s to the phone memory for which y ou want to add a voice tag. You can also add voice tags to the names in the SIM card, but if you replace your SIM card with a new one, y ou must first del ete the old v oice tags bef ore you can add new ones. 1. Search f or the contact to which you want t o add a voice tag. 2. Select Detail s , scroll to t he desired phone number, and sele ct Options > Add voice ta g . 3. Select St art , and sa y clea rly the wor ds you want t o record as a voice tag. A fter recording, the phone plays the recor ded tag. appears behind the phone number w ith a voic e tag in Contacts . To che ck the voice tags , selec t Menu > Contacts > V oice tags . Scroll to the contact with the voice tag that y ou want, and sele ct an option t o listen to, delet e, or change t he rec orded voice t ag. Make a call with a voice tag If the phone has an a pplication running that is sending or receiving data using a GPRS connection, you must end the application before voice dialing. 1. In the standby mode, pres s and hold the volume dow n key. A short to ne is heard, and Spe ak now is displayed.
64 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 2. Say t he voice t ag clearly. The phone plays the r ecognized v oice tag, and dials the phone number of the v oice tag after 1.5 seconds. If you ar e using a compatible headset wit h the headset key, press and hold the headset k ey to st art the voice dialing. â Spee d dia ls To as sign a number to a speed-dialing k ey, sele ct Menu > Contacts > Speed dials , and scroll to t he speed-dialing number that you want . Select Assign , or if a number has already been assigned to t he key, select Options > C hange . Select Search , the name, then t he number you want to assign. If the Speed dialling function is off, the ph one asks whether you w ant to ac tivate it. See also Speed dialling in âÂÂCall,â p. 70 . To mak e a call us ing the speed-dia ling keys, see âÂÂSpeed dialing,â p. 27 . â Inf o, servi ce, an d my nu mbe rs Select Menu > Cont ac t s and from t he following functions: Info numbers â to call t he information number s of your s ervice provider if the numbers are i ncluded on your SIM card (network service) Service number s â to call the s ervice number s of your se rvice provid er if the numbers are i ncluded on your SIM card (network service) My numbers â to view the phone numbe rs assigned to your SIM card, if the numbers are i ncluded on your SIM card
65 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 8. Call regist er The phone registers the phone numbers of identified missed, received, and dialed calls ; the me ssage recipients; and t he approx imate length of your calls. The phone registers if it is switched on and w ithin the net workâÂÂs service area, and the network supports these functions. â Re cent ca lls lists When you select O ptions in the Missed calls , Received calls , D ialled numbers , or Message Recipient s menu, you can view t he time of the call; edit, view, or call the registered phone numbe r; add it to the memory; or delete it from the lis t. You can also s end a text message. To de lete th e recent calls lists, sel ect Delete recent calls . â Cou nters an d time rs Not e: The actual invoice for calls and services from your service provider may vary, dependi ng upon networ k featur es, roundin g-off fo r billing , taxes a nd so forth. Some timers, including the life timer, may be re set during service or software upgrad es. Select Menu > C all register > Call duration , P acket data counter , or Packet data conn. timer for appr oximate information on your recent communicat ions.
66 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 9. Sett ings â Pro fil es Your phone has various sett ing groups, called profiles, for w hich you can customize the phone tones for different ev ents and envir onments. Select Menu > Settings > Profiles . Scroll to a profile, a nd select it. To ac tivate the selected pr ofile, selec t Ac tiva te . To s et the profile to be active until a certain t ime up to 24 hours, select Timed and set the time the profile setting shall end. When the time set for the profile expires, the previous profile that was not t imed, becomes active. To personalize the profile, select P ersonalise . Select the setting you want t o change, and make the changes. T o chan ge your presence status informat ion, sel ect My pre s enc e > M y availability or My presence message . The My pre s enc e menu is available if you set Synchronise with profiles to On . See âÂÂMy presence ,â p. 59 . â Theme s A theme contains many elements for personalizing your phone, such as wallpaper, screen saver, color s cheme, and a ringing tone. Select Menu > Settings > Themes and fr om the following options: Select theme â to set a theme in y our phone. A list of folders in G allery opens. Open the Themes folder, and select a t heme.
67 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Theme downloads â to open a list of links to download mor e themes. See âÂÂDownload files,â p. 112 . â Tones You can c hange the s ettings of the s elected active profile. Select Menu > Settings > Tones . Select and change the ava ilable tone op tions. You can find t he same settings in the Profil es menu. See âÂÂProfil es ,â p. 66 . If you sele ct the highes t ringin g tone le vel, the rin ging ton e reach es its high est level after a few se cond s. To set the phone to ring only for calls from phone numbers t hat belong to a selected caller group, select Alert for . Sc roll to t he caller group you want o r All calls , and select Mark . â My s hort cuts With persona l shortcuts, you get quick ac cess to oft en used functions of the phone. T o manage th e shortcuts, select Menu > Settings > My shortcuts and from the following options: Right select ion key â to selec t a function f rom the lis t for the right selection k ey. See als o âÂÂStandby mode,â p. 22 . This menu may not be shown, depending on your service provider. Navigation ke y â to sele ct shortcut f unctions for th e navigation key. Scroll t o the desired na vigation key , select Change and a function f rom the list. To remove a
68 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. shortcut funct ion from the k ey, selec t (empt y) . To reassign a function for the k ey, sel ect As sign . This menu may not be s hown, depending on y our service pr ovider. Voice commands â to activat e phone functions by saying a voice tag. Select a folder, scroll to a function to which yo u want t o add a voice t ag, and select Ad d . indicat es a voice t ag. To a dd a voice c ommand, see âÂÂAdd and manage voice tags ,â p. 63 . To act ivate a voice c ommand, see âÂÂM ake a call with a v oice tag, â p. 63 . â Ma in d ispla y Select Menu > Settings > Main display and from t he following options: Wallpaper â to add the background image t o the main display in sta ndby mode. To s elect, a ctivate, or dea ctivat e the wal lpaper, select Select wallpaper > On or Off . Select Select s lide set and a f older in the Gallery to use the image s in the folder as a slide se t. To download mor e images for wallpaper, selec t Graphic downloads . Screen saver > On â to activat e the screen saver for the main dis play. To set the time after which the screen sav er is activated, s elect Time-out . To select a graphic for the sc reen sa ver, select Image a nd choose an image or a graphic from t he Gallery . Select Select slide set and a folder in the Gal le ry t o use the images in the folder as a s lide set. To dow nload more images f or the screen saver, sele ct Graphic downloads . Powe r s av e r > On â to sa ve some ba ttery power. A digital clock is displaye d when no function of the phone is us ed for a certain time.
69 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Colour schemes â to change th e color in s ome display components, for example, menu back ground color and signal and battery bar colors Idle state f ont colour â t o select th e color f or the texts on the display in the standby mode Operator logo â to set your phone to displa y or hide the operator logo. T he menu is dimme d, if you have not save d the operator logo. For mor e information on availability of an operat or logo, contac t your network ope rator or s ervice provider . â Min i displa y Select Menu > Se ttin gs > Mini display settings . You c an change t he available settings. â Time and dat e Select Menu > Settings > Time and date and f rom the following options: Clock â to set t he phone t o show th e clock in the standby mode, adjust t he clock, and se lect the t ime zone and the time f ormat Date â to set t he phone t o show the dat e in the standby mode, s et the dat e, and select the date format and date separator Auto-update of date & t ime (network service) â t o set the phone to automatic ally update the time and da te according to the current time zone
70 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Call Select Menu > Settings > Call and from the following options: Automatic volume control â to set the phone to automat ically adjust t he speak er volume ac cording to the bac kground noise Call divert (network service) â to divert your incoming calls . You may not be able to divert your call, if some call barring functions ar e active. See Call barring s ervice in âÂÂSecurity,â p. 78 . Anyk ey answer > On â to ans wer an incoming c all, briefl y press any key, except the end key and the left and r ight selection keys. Answer when fold is opened > On â to answer an incoming call, open the phone. Automatic redial > On â to set your phone t o make a max imum of 10 attempts to connect t he call af ter an unsucces sful call at tempt Speed dialling > On â to activate s peed dialling. To set up spee d dialling, see âÂÂSpeed dials,â p. 64 . To dial, press and hold the corresponding number key. Call waiting > Acti vate â to s et the net work to notify you of an inco ming call while yo u have a call in progr ess (network s ervice). See âÂÂCall waiting,â p. 28 . Summary after call > On â to briefly dis play the approximate duration and cos t (network service) of t he call aft er each call Send my cal ler ID ( network s ervi ce) > Yes , No , or Set by network Line for outgoing calls (network service) â to select the phone l ine 1 or 2 to make calls, if s upported by your SIM car d
71 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Phon e Select Menu > Settings > Phone and from the f ollowing options: Phone language â to set the display and w riting language Memory status â to view the free memory a nd the used memor y in Gall ery , Messages , and Applications Automatic keyguard â to set the keypad of your phone to lock automatically aft er a preset t ime delay when the phone is in the standby mode and no function of the phone has been used. Select On , and you can set the time from 5 seconds to 60 minutes. Secur ity ke yguard â to set the phon e to ask for the secu rity cod e when you un loc k the keyguard. Ente r the security code, and select On . When the keygua rd is on, calls s till may be pos s ible to the officia l emerge ncy number programmed in to your de vice. Cell info display > On â to r eceive informa tion from the ne twork operat or depending on the network cell us ed (network service) Welcome note â to enter a welcome note t o be show n briefly whe n the phone is switched on Operator selection > Automatic â to s et the phone automatica lly to select one of the cellular networks available in your area. With Manual , you can select a network that has a r oaming agreement w ith your home ne twork operator. Confirm SIM service actions â See âÂÂSIM services,â p. 118 . Help text activation â to se lect whether the phone shows help te xts
72 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Start-up tone â to select whether the phone pl ays a start -up tone when t he phone is switched on â Conn ecti vity You can c onnect your phone to compatible devices us ing an infrared c onnection, or Bluetooth wir eless technology. You can also define the s ettings for packe t data dial-up c onnections. Bluetoo t h wirele ss techn ology This devic e is comp liant with Bl uetooth S pecifi cation 2.0 E DR supp orting t he follo wing pro fil e s: SI M acc es s pr ofile , ob ject pus h pro fil e, f ile t ran sf er prof ile, dial-u p net w or king prof ile, heads et prof ile, hands -free p rofile , gen eric a ccess p rofi le, se rial po rt pr ofile, an d generic obje ct exchange profi le. To ensu re intero perabili ty b etw een other devices supp orti ng Blue too th techn ology, use N okia appro ved enhan cement s for this mode l. Che ck with the manufactu rers of other de vices to dete rmine thei r compatibility w ith this device. There may be restri ctions on using Blu etooth technolo gy in some l o cation s. Check with yo ur local autho rities or service p rovide r. Fea tures usin g Blue tooth tec hnology , or allow ing s uch features to run in the ba ckgroun d while using othe r features, increase the demand o n battery power and reduces the battery life. Bluetooth technology allow s you to connec t the phone to a compatible Bluetooth device within 10 meter s. Since devices using Bluet ooth technology communicate using radio waves, your phone and the other devices do not need to be in direct line-of-s ight, alt hough the connection can be s u bject to interference from obstruc tions such as walls or from ot her electronic devices.
73 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Set up a Bl uetoot h connectio n Select Menu > Settings > Connectivity > Bluetooth and from the f ollowing options: Bluetooth > On or Off â to activat e or deacti vate the Bluetooth function. indicat es an active Bluetooth connection. Search fo r audio enhancements â to search f or compatible Bluetooth audio devices . Select the devi ce that you want t o connect to the ph one. Pair ed devic es â t o search for any Bluetooth dev ice in range. Select New to list any Bluet ooth device in r ange. Scroll t o a devic e, and sele ct Pa i r . Enter the Bluetooth passcode of the device to associate (pair) the de vice to your phone. You only must give this passcode when you connect to the device for t he first time. Your phone connec ts to the dev ice, and you can s tart data transfer. Blueto oth wireless conne ction Select Menu > Settings > Connectivity > Bluetooth . To chec k which Bluetooth conn ections are curr ently acti ve, s elect Active device . To view a lis t of Bluet oot h devices that ar e currently pa ired wit h the phone, select P air ed devices . Select O ptions t o acce ss available options depending on t he status of the device and t he Bluetooth connection. Se lect Assign short name , Auto-con n. w ithout confirmation , D elete pairing or P air new device . Blueto oth setti ngs To define how your phone is shown to other Bluetooth dev ices, select Me nu > Settings > Connectivity > Bluetooth > Bluetooth settings > My phone 's visibility or My phone's name .
74 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. If you are conc erned abou t sec urity, turn off B luet ooth or set My phone's visibi lity to Hidden . Al ways a ccept only Bl uetoot h com munic ation from othe rs wi th w hom yo u agre e. Infrared You can s et up the phone to s end and receive da ta through its infrared (IR) port. To use a n IR connection, the device with w hich you want to es tablish a connection must be IrD A compliant. You can send or receive data to or from a c ompatible phone or dat a device (for example, a computer) t hrough the IR port of your phone. Do not poi nt the IR (infrared) beam at anyone's eyes or allow it to interfere with other I R devices. Infrared devices are Class 1 lase r products. When sending or r eceiving data, ensure that the IR ports of the sending and receiving devices are pointing at each other and that there are no obstructions between t he devices . To activate the IR port of your phone t o receive data using IR, s elect Me nu > Settings > Connectivity > Infrared . To deac tivate the IR conne ction, se lect Menu > Settings > Connectivity > Infrared . W hen the phone displays De activate infrared? , sele ct Yes . If data transfer is not st arted within 2 minut es after the a ctivation of the IR por t, the connection is canc elled and must be started again. IR connec tion i ndicat or When is shown continuous ly, the IR connection is ac tivated, and y our phone is ready to send or r eceive data t hrough its IR port. When blinks, your phone is tr ying to connect to the ot her device, or a connec tion has been lost.
75 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Packe t d ata (E GPRS) Enhanced ge neral pack et radio service (EGPRS), pa cket data, is a networ k service which allow s mobile phones t o send and re c eive data over an Internet pr otocol (IP)-based network. It enable s wireless acc ess to data networ ks such as the Internet. The applic ations that may use packe t data ar e MMS, browsing se ssions, e-mail, Push to t alk, remote SyncML, Java a pplic ation downloading, and th e PC dial-up. To defi ne how to use the s ervice, sel ect Menu > Se ttings > Connec tivity > P a cket data > P ac ket data connect ion . Select W hen needed to set the packet data connection to be established when an applicat ion needs it. T he connecti on will be clos ed when the applic ation is terminated. Select Always online to set the phone to automatically c onnect t o an packet dat a network when it is s witched on. indicat es a packet data connect ion. Packet d ata setti ngs You can c onnect the phone using an IR, a Bluetooth technology , or a data cable (CA-42) connection to a compatible PC, and use th e phone as a modem t o enable packet data connect ivity fr om the PC. To define the sett ings for connections fr om the PC, select Me nu > Settings > Connectivity > Packet data > P acke t data settings > Active access point , activa te the access point you want to use, and s elect Edit active access point . Select Alias for acc ess point , and enter a nick name for t he current ly selected access point.
76 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Select Packet data access poi nt , and enter the access point name (APN) to establish a connection to an EGPRS network. You can a lso set the dial- up service set tings (APN) on your PC us ing the Nokia Modem Options software. Se e âÂÂPC Suite,â p. 119 . If y ou have set the settings both on the PC and on your phone, the PC settings ar e used. â Enh anc em en ts This menu is shown only if the phone is or has been connected to a compatible mobile enhanc ement. Select Menu > Settings > Enhancement s . You can select an enhancement menu if the corresponding enhancement is, or has been connected to t he phone. Depending on the enhancement , select from t he following options: Default profile â to s elect the profile that y ou want to be automatically ac tivated when you connect to the s elected enhanceme nt Automatic answer â t o set t he phone to answer an incoming call automatically after 5 seconds. If Incoming call alert is set to Bee p on ce or Off , aut omatic answer is off. Lights â to set t he lights per manently On . Select Automatic to set the light s on for 15 seconds after a key press Text phone > Use text phone > Ye s â to use the text phone s ettings instead of headset or loo pset settings
77 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Conf igur ati on You can configure your phone with settings that are required for certain services to function c orrectly. The servi ces are brows er, multimedia me ssaging, remote Internet se rver synchronizat ion, presence, push to talk and e-mail applicat ion. Get the settings from your SIM card, fr om a service pr ovider as a configuration message, or enter your personal settings manually. You can store configuration settings fr om up to 20 servic e providers in t he phone and manage them with in this menu. To s ave the conf iguration settings rece ived by a c onfiguration messa ge from a service provider, s ee âÂÂConfiguration sett ings service, â p. 15 . Select Menu > Settings > Configuration and f rom the following options: Default configur ation settings â to view the service providers saved in the phone. Scroll t o a service provider, and select Details to view t he applications th at the configuration s ettings of this service provider s upport. To set t he configuration settings of the service p rovider as default settings, s elect Options > Se t as default . To delete configuration settings, select Dele te . Activate default in all applications â to ac ti va te the d efa ul t c on figu rat io n set t ing s for suppor ted applications Preferr ed access point â to view the saved access points. Scr oll to an access point, and se lect Options > Details to view the name of the service provider, data bearer, and pack et data acc ess point or GSM dial-up number. Connect to ser vice provider support â to download the c onfiguration settings from y our service provider
78 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Personal configuration settings â to add new pers onal accounts for various service s manually, a nd to acti vate or delete them. T o add a new personal account if you hav e not added any, selec t A dd new ; otherwise, s elect Options > Add new . Select the service type, and select and ent er each of the requir ed parameters . The parameters differ according to the selected se rvice type. To delete or ac tivate a personal ac count, scroll t o it, and select Options > Delete or A ctivate . â Sec urit y When security features that restrict calls are in use (such as call barring, cl osed us er grou p and fixed dia ling) calls s till ma y b e possib le to the official emer gency number progra mmed into your device. Select Menu > Settings > Security and fr om the following options: PIN code request â to set th e phone to ask for your PIN or UPIN c ode every t ime the phone is switched on. Some SIM ca rds do not allow t he code reques t to be turned off. Call barring service (n etwork service) â to r estrict incoming calls to and out going calls from your phone. A barring password is required. Fixed dialling â to res trict your outgoing calls to se lected phone numbers if this function is s upported by y our SIM card Closed user group (netw ork service) â t o specify a group of people whom you can call and who can call you Securi ty level > Phone â the phone a sks for the s ecurity code w henever a new SIM card is inserted int o the phone. Selec t Memory and the phone asks for the security
79 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. code whe n SIM card memory is selected and you want t o change the me mory in use. Access code s â to change the secur ity code, PI N code, UPIN code, PIN2 code, and barring pa ssword Code in us e â to select whether the PIN code or UPIN code should be act ive Pin2 code request â to s elect whether PIN 2 code is required when us ing a specific phone feat ure which is c overed by th e PIN2 code (depends on SIM card) â Re store fa ctory settin gs To res et some of the menu settings t o their original va lues, sele ct Men u > Settings > Restore fac tory sett. . Ent er the secur ity code. The names and phone numbers saved in Contacts are not delete d.
80 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 10 . O p e r a t o r m e n u This menu lets you ac cess a por tal to services provided by your net work oper ator. The name a nd the icon depe nd on the operator. For more information contact your network operator. If this menu is not s hown the following menu numbe rs change accordingly. The operat or can update this menu wit h a service message. For more informat ion, see âÂÂServic e inbox, â p. 112 .
81 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 1 1. Galler y In this menu you ca n manage graphics, images, recordings , video clips, themes, and t ones. These files are arranged in folder s. Your phone support s an activat ion key system t o protect acquired cont ent. Always check t he delivery t erms of any c ontent and activation k ey before acq uiring them, as th ey may be subject to a f ee. Co pyright prot ections may preven t som e ima ges, m usi c (incl uding ringi ng tone s), and othe r content from b eing copied, modified, transferred or fo rwarded. The files stored in Gallery use a memory t hat may have a capaci ty of approximately 3 MB. To s ee the list of folders, select Me nu > G allery . To s ee the a vailable options of a folder, se lect a folder > Opt ions . To vie w the list of files in a f older, sele ct a folder > Ope n . To s ee the a vailable options of a file, s elect a f ile > Options .
82 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 12. Media Co pyright prot ections ma y prev ent som e im age s, ring ing tone s, an d o ther content from b eing copied, modified, transferred or fo rwarded. â Camera You can t ake photos or record video clips with the built-in camer a. The c amera produces pi ctures in JPEG format and vide o clips in 3GP format. When taking and using images or video clips, obey all laws and respe ct local customs as well as pri vacy and legi tim ate rights of other s. Your dev ice supports an image capture resolution of 640 x 480 pixel. The image reso lution in these materials may appear different. Take a ph oto Select Menu > M edia > Camera . To take a photo, s elect Capture or press the camera r elease key. The phone sa ves the phot o in Gallery > Images . T o take another photo, select Ba ck ; to send the phot o as a multimedia message , select Send . To view the options, select Options . To take a self -portrait, close the fold and us e the mini display as a v iew finder. Press the camera release key.
83 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Record a video clip Select Menu > M edia > Camera . To select the video mode, scroll left or right, or sel ect Options > Video ; select Record or press the camera release key. To pause the record ing, select Pa u s e ; t o resume th e recording, select Continue . To stop the recording, select Stop. The phone s aves the r ecording in Gallery > Video clips . To view t he options, s elect Options . â Radio The FM radio d epe nds on an antenna other tha n the w ireless devices antenna . A comp atible headset or enhanceme nt needs to be attached to the de vice for the FM radi o to function pro pe rly . War ning: Li sten to mus ic at a m oderate level. C ontinuous e xposure to high volume may damage your heari n g. Do not hold the device near your ear when the loud speaker is in use, be cause the vol ume may be extre mely loud . Select Menu > M edia > Radio . To use the grap hical keys , , , or on the display, scroll lef t or right to the desired key, and s elect it. To change th e volume, press the volume keys. Save ra dio c han nels 1. To s tart the cha nnel search, s elect and hold or . To change t he radio frequency in 0. 05 MHz steps , briefly press or . 2. To s ave the channel to a memor y locat ion, 1 to 9, pr ess and hold t he corresponding number key. To save the channel in t he memory location from 10 to 20, press briefly 1 or 2 , and press and hold the desired number key, 0 to 9 .
84 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 3. Enter t he name of t he channel, and select OK . Li st en t o th e ra dio Select Menu > M edia > Radio . To sc roll to the desired channel, select or or press the headset key To select a r adio channel location, briefly press the corresponding number keys. Select O ptions and from the following options: Switch off â to turn off the r adio Save chan nel â t o save a new channel, and e nter the channels name Channels â to sele ct the lis t of saved channels . To dele te or r ename a channel, scroll to t he desired c hannel, and se lect Options > D elete channel or Rename . Mono output or Stereo output â to listen to the radio in monophonic sound or in ster e o Loudspeaker or Headset â to listen to the radio using the loudspeaker or headset. Keep the headset connected t o the phone. The lead of the headset functions as the radio antenna. Set frequency â to enter the f requency of the desired radio channel You can normally make a c all or answer an incoming c all while listening to the radio. During the call, the volume of the radio is muted. When an application using a packet data or HSCSD connect ion is sending or receiving da ta, it may interfere w ith the radio.
85 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Recor d er You can record pieces of speech, sound, or an a ctive call for 5 minutes. The recorder cannot be used when a data call or packet data connect i on is active. Record so und 1. Select Menu > M edia > Re co r de r . To us e the graphical keys, , , or , on the displa y, scroll le ft or right t o the desired key, and select it. 2. To s tart the recor ding, select . To start the recording during a c all, selec t Options > Re cord . While recording a ca ll, all par ties to the c all hear a faint beeping s ound about every 2 seconds. When recording a call, hold the phone in the normal position near to your ear . 3. To end t he recording, select . The reco rding is saved in Gallery > Recordings . 4. To lis ten to the lat est recording, sele ct Options > Play last recorded . 5. To s end the last r ecording using a multimedia message, Bluetooth technology, or IR, select Options > Send last recorde d . Li st o f rec ordi ng s Select Menu > Media > Recorder > O ptions > Recor dings list . The list of folders in the Gallery is shown. Open Recordings to see the list with recordings. Select Options to select options for files in the Galle ry . See âÂÂG allery,â p. 81 .
86 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 13. Organis er â Alar m cl ock You can s et the phone to alarm at a desired time. Select Men u > Organiser > Alarm clock . To set the ala rm, select Alarm time , and enter the alarm time. To change the alarm time when the alarm time is set, select On . To set the phone to alert you on selec ted days of the we ek, selec t Repeat alar m . To s elect the al arm tone or set a radio c hannel as t he alarm tone, select Alarm tone . If you select the radio as an alarm tone, connect t he headset to the phone. The phone uses the las t channel you listened to as the alarm, and the ala rm plays through t he loudspeaker. If you remov e the headset or switch off the phone, the default a larm tone replaces the radio. To set a snooze time-out, select Snooze time-out . Stop t he ala rm The phone sounds an a lert tone, and f lashes Alarm! and the current time on t he display, even if the phone was switched off. To stop the alar m, select Stop or open the phone. If you let the phone continue to sound the alarm for a minut e or select Snooze , the alarm st ops for the selected s nooze time-out a nd then resumes . If the alarm tim e is reached while the device is switche d off, the devi ce s witc hes itsel f on and s tart s soundi n g th e al arm to ne. If yo u sele ct Stop , the device asks w hether you want to
87 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. activate the devi ce for calls. Select No to switch off the device or Ye s to make and receiv e calls. Do not sele ct Yes when wirel e ss phon e use may cau se interf erenc e o r dang er. â Calenda r Select Menu > Organiser > Calendar . The c urrent day is indicated by a frame. If there are any notes set for the day, the day is in bold type. T o vie w the day not es, select View . To vi ew a week , select Options > Week view . To delete all notes in the calendar, select the mo nth or week view, and select Options > Delete all notes . Other options for the day v iew may be Make a not e , Dele te , Edit , Mo ve , or Repeat a note; Copy a not e to another day ; Send n ot e as text message, multimedia message, w ith IR, or Bluet ooth technology to t he calendar of anot her compatible phone. In Settings you can set the date and t ime settings. In Au to- dele te no tes you can set the p hone to delete old notes automatically after a specified time. Mak e a c al endar not e Select Menu > Organis er > Calendar . Scroll to t he date y ou want, an d select Options > Make a n ot e and one of the follow ing note types : Meeting , Call , Birthday , Memo , or Reminder . A no te ala rm The phone beeps and dis plays the not e. With a call note on the dis play, to call the displayed number, pres s the call key. To stop the alar m and t o view t he note,
88 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. sel ect Vi ew . To stop t he alarm for approximate ly 10 minutes, select Snooze . To stop t he alarm without vie wing the not e, select Exit . â To-do li st To s ave notes for tasks that you must do, select Menu > Organ iser > To-do list . To creat e a note if no note is added, selec t Add not e ; otherwise, select Options > Add . Write the note, and select the priorit y, the deadline, and t he alarm type for the note. Then select Save . To view a note, sc roll to it, and select View . You can also select an option to delete the selected note and de lete all the notes that you have marke d as done. You can sort the notes by priority or by deadline, send a note to another phone as a text message or a mult imedia message, using Bluetoot h or IR, save a note as a calendar note, or access t he calendar . While vi ewing a note, you can also s elect a n option to edit the deadline or pr i ority for the note or mark the note as done. â Notes To use t his application f or writing and s ending notes, select Men u > O rganiser > Notes . To c reate a note if no note is added, select Add note ; otherwise, se lect Options > Make a n ot e . Write a note, and select Save . Other opt ions for notes include deleting, and editing a not e. While edit ing a note, you can also exit th e text editor wit hout saving the cha nges. You can send the note to compatible dev ices using a t ext message , a multimedia mes sage, Bluetooth technology, or IR. If t he note is too long to send as a text mes sage, the phone as ks you to dele te the appropr iate number of charac ters from your note.
89 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Sync hroniz ati on Synchronization allow s you to sa ve your calendar and Contacts data on a r emote Internet se rver (network s ervice) or on a c ompatible PC. If y ou want to s ave data on the remote Internet server, to synchronize your phone, start the synchronization from your phone. T o synchronize the data in the phone contact s, calendar, a nd notes to c orrespond with t he data of your compa tible PC, start t he synchronization from the PC. The contact dat a in your SIM car d is not synchronized. Answering an incoming call during sy nchronization ends the synchronization, and you m ust rest a rt i t. Synch r onize fro m you r phone Before synchronizing from your phone, you must do the following: ⢠Subscribe to a synchr onization service. For details, cont act y our service provi der. ⢠Retrieve the synchr onization settings from your serv ice provider. See âÂÂSynchronization se ttings,â p. 90 . To start the synchronization f rom your phone, do the following: 1. Select the configuration s ettings you ne ed for the synchr onization. See âÂÂSynchronization se ttings,â p. 90 . 2. Select Menu > Organis er > Sy nc > Server sync > Data to be synchronised . Mark the data to be synchronized.
90 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 3. Select Menu > Organis er > Sy nc > Server sync > Synchronise . T he marked data of the active set is synchronized after confirmation. Synchronizing for the first t ime or after an interrupted s ynchronization may t ake up to 30 minutes to complete, if the contacts or calendar are full. Synchroniza tion settings You may receive the configuration settings required for synchronization as a configuration mes sage fr om the network ope rator or ser vice provider. To manage the configuration settings, s ee âÂÂConfiguration,â p. 77 . 1. Select Menu > Organis er > Sy nc > Server sync > Sync settings and from the following options: Configuration â O nly the configurations that support t he synchronization are shown. Select a service provider, Default , or Pe rsonal config. for synchronization. Account â Select a synchronization s ervice account contained in the activ e configuration settings. 2. Select PC sync settings to enter the settings for s erver alerted s ynchronization. Se t the U ser name and Pa s s w o r d . The us er name and pas sword must be t he same in the phone a nd in the PC.
91 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Synchronize from a compatible PC To synchronize Co nt ac t s , Calendar , and No tes from a compa tible PC, use an IR, a Bluetooth technology, or data c able connect ion. You also nee d Nokia PC Suite software of your phone installed on the PC. St art the synchronization f rom the PC using Nokia PC Suite. â Calc ulator The c alculator in your phone adds, s ubtracts, multiplies, divides, c alculates the squar e and t he square root and converts cur rency values. Note : This calc ulator has limite d accur acy and is designe d for simple calcula tions. Select Menu > Organis er > Calculator . W hen 0 is displayed on the screen, ent er the first number in the calculation. Press # for a decimal point . Select Options > Add , Subt ract , M ultiply , Divide , Square , Square root , or Change sign . Enter th e second number. For a total, s elect Equals . Repeat this sequence as many times as it is neces sary. To start a new calculation, f irst select and hold Clear . To perf orm a cu rrency conversion, select Men u > Or ganise r > Calculat or . T o sav e the exchange rate, select Options > Ex change rate . Sele ct eit her of th e displayed options. Ent er the ex change rate, press # fo r a decimal point , and sele ct OK . The exchange rate remains i n the memory unt il you replace it with anot her one. To perform t he currency conversion, e nter the amount to be conv erted, and select Options > In domes tic or In for eign . Note : When you change bas e currency, you must ent er the new rates becau se all previousl y set exchange rate s are set to zero.
92 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Stop wat ch To meas ure time, tak e intermediat e times, or t ake lap t imes, use the stopwatch. During timi ng, the other functions of the phone can be use d. To set the stopwatch timing i n the background, press the end key. Using the stop watch or allowi ng it to run in the backgro und whe n using other fe atures incr ease s the dema nd on batt ery powe r an d redu ces t he ba ttery lif e. Select Menu > Organis er > Stopwatch and f rom the following options: Split timing â to t ake intermediat e times. T o start t he time obser vation, select Start . Select Split every time t hat you want to take a n interme diate time. T o stop the time obs ervation, s elect Stop. To save the measured time, s elect Save . To start the time observation again, select Options > St ar t . The new time is added to the previous time. To reset the time w ithout saving it, select Re se t . To se t th e stopwat ch timing in the background, press the end k ey. Lap timing â t o take lap times. T o set the s topwatch timing in the background, press the end key. Continue â to view t he timing that you have set in the backgr ound Show last â to view t he most recently meas ured time if the st opwatch is not r eset View times or D elete times â to view or delete the save d times â Coun tdown t ime r Select Menu > Organis er > T imer . Enter the alar m time in hours, minutes, a nd sec ond s, an d se l ect OK . If you wi sh, write your own note text that is displayed
93 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. when t he time expir es. To sta rt the countdow n timer, select Start . To chan ge the countdown ti me, select Change time . To s top the t imer, select Stop timer . If the alarm time is reached when t he phone is in the s tandby mode, the phone sounds a t one and fl ashes the note text if it is set or Countdo wn time up . T o stop the ala rm, press any key. If no key is pressed, the alarm automatical ly stops within 30 seconds. To stop the alarm and to delete the not e text, select Exit . To re start the countdown timer, s elect Rest art .
94 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 14. Applicat ions â Games Your phone soft ware includes some games. Lau n ch a ga me Select Menu > Applications > Games . Scroll to the desired game, and select Op en . For options related to a game, see â Other application options,â p. 95 . Gam e dow n loa ds Select Menu > Applicat ions > Options > Downloads > Game downloads . The list of available bookmarks is shown. Selec t More bookmarks to access the lis t of bookmar ks in t he Web me nu. See âÂÂBookma rks,â p. 111 . Important: O nly install and use applicatio ns and ot her software from sources that offer adequate security and protection aga inst harmful software. Gam e sett in gs To s et sounds, lights, and shakes f or the game, select Menu > Applications > Options > A pp. settings .
95 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Colle ction Your phone soft ware includes some Java applic ations specially des igned for t his Nokia phone. Launch an ap plication Select Menu > A pplications > Collection . Sc roll to an applic ation, and selec t Open . Othe r ap plicat ion optio ns Delete â to delete t he application or application set from t he phone Move â to move a n application or game to an other folder Details â t o view a dditional information about t he applicat ion Update ve rsion â to check if a ne w version of t he applicat ion is availa ble for download fr om Web (network service) App. access â to res trict the appli cation f rom accessi ng the networ k. Differ ent categories are shown. Select in each category, if available, one of the following permissions: Ask every time to se t th e ph one to a lw ays a sk fo r ne two rk acc ess , Ask first time only to set the phone to ask for network acc ess only on the first attempt, Always allowed to allow t he network a ccess, or Not allowed to not allow the networ k access . Web page â to provide fur ther information or addit ional data for t he application from an Internet page. This feature mus t be supported by t he network. It is only shown if an Internet address has been provi ded with t he applicat ion.
96 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Dow nload an appli catio n Your phone supports J2ME TM Java applic ations. Make s ure that the application is compatible wit h your phone bef ore downloading it . Important: O nly install and use applicatio ns and ot her software from sources that offer adequate security and protection aga inst harmful software. You can dow nload new Ja va applications in different wa ys. Select Menu > Applications > Options > Downloads > App. do w nloads . The list of available bookmarks is shown. Select M or e bookmarks to access the list of bookmar ks in t he Web me nu. Select the appropriate bookmark to c onnect to the desired page. For the availability of different services, pricing, and t ariffs, contact your service provider. Select Menu > Web > D ownloads . Download an appropriate applic ation or game. See âÂÂDownload files ,â p. 112 . Use the game download function. See âÂÂG ame downloads,â p. 94 . Use t he Nokia Application Installer in PC Suite to download the applications to your phone. Your device may have s ome bookmark s loade d for site s not a ffiliated with No kia. Noki a does not warrant or endors e these sites. If you choose to access them, yo u should tak e the same precautions, for security or con tent, as you would with an y Internet site.
97 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 15. Push to talk Push to t alk (PTT) ov er cellular is a two-way radio service available over a G SM/GPRS cellular network (net work service). PT T provides dir ect voice communication. T o connect to, press the PTT ke y. You can us e PTT to ha ve a conver sation with one person or with a group of people having compatible devices. When your call is connected, the person or group you are calling does not have to a nswer the phone. The participants should confirm the reception of any communications wher e appropriate, as there i s no other confirmation w hether the recipients have hea rd the call. To che ck availabilit y and cos ts, and to subs cribe to t he service , contact y our network operator or service provider. Roaming services may be more limi ted than for normal call s. Before y ou can use the PTT service, y ou must define the required PT T service settings. Se e âÂÂPTT set tin gs,â p. 106 . While you are connected to the PTT service, you can use the other functions of the phone. The PTT over c ellular service is not connect ed to traditiona l voice communication, and therefore ma ny of th e services av ailable for t raditional voic e calls (for example, voice mailbox) are not available for PTT over cellular communications.
98 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Pus h to ta lk men u Select Menu > Push to talk . ⢠To conne ct to or disconnect from the PTT serv ice, select Switch PTT on or Switch PTT off . ⢠To vie w the rece ived ca llback requests , select Callback inbox . ⢠To vie w the list of PTT groups, select Group list . ⢠To vie w the list of contacts to which y ou have added the PTT addr ess receiv ed from th e service provider, select Contacts list . ⢠To add a new PTT group to the phone, select Add group . ⢠To set the PTT settings for use, selec t PTT settings . ⢠To set the required settings for the PTT connection, select C onfig. setti ngs . ⢠To open the browser a nd to connec t to the PTT network portal provided by th e service provider, selec t Web . â Conn ect t o PTT To conne ct to the PTT serv ice, select Men u > Push to talk > Sw itch PTT on . indicat es the PTT connection. indicates th at the service is temporarily unavailable. The phone automatically tries to reconnect to the service until you disconnect from the PTT service. If yo u have added groups to t he phone, you ar e automatically joined to t he active ( Default or Listened ) groups, and the name of the default group is displayed in the standby mode. To dis connect from t he PTT ser vice, se lect Switch PTT off .
99 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Make and r eceive a P T T call Set the phone to use the loudspeaker or earpiece for PTT communication. Warn ing: Do not ho ld the dev ice near yo ur ear whe n the loud speake r is in use , because the vol ume may be extre mely loud. When connected to th e PTT service , you can ma ke or rec eive dial out calls, group calls or one-to-one calls . One-to-one calls are c alls you mak e to only one pe rson. Make a dial out PTT call For a dial- out PTT call you ca n select multiple PT T contacts from the cont act lis t. The recipi ents get an incoming call and need to ac cept the ca ll in order t o participate. A dial out call creates a temporary group and the participants join this group only f or the durat ion of the ca ll. After the call the temporary dial out group is de leted. Select Menu > Push to talk > Contacts list and mark t he desired c ontacts for t he dial-out call. The ic on behind the contact in the lis t denotes current login status: , , or indicat e that the per son is either a vailable, unavaila ble, or unk nown, indicat es that the login stat us is not available. The login s tatus is only available fo r subscribed cont acts. To change the subscribed contact s, select Op tions and from the available contact list opt ions, Subscribe contact or Uns ubscr . contact , or if one or more contacts are already marked Subs cribe marked or U nsubscr. marked . Press the PTT key briefl y to start the dial-out call. The ma rked contacts are ca lled by the PT T service, and the joi ning contacts are shown on t he display. Press and
100 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. hold the PTT key t o talk to t he joined cont acts. Releas e the PTT k ey to he ar the response. Press the end-key t o terminate t he dial-out call. Make a gr oup call To mak e a call to t he default group, press the PTT key. A tone sounds, indicating that the access is granted, and the phone displays your nickname and group name. To mak e a call to a non default group, select G roup list in the PTT menu, scroll to the desired group, and press the PTT key. Press and hold the PTT key t he ent ire time you ar e talking, and hold t he phone in front of you so t hat you can s ee the display. When you have f inished, release the PTT key. Talking is allowed on a f irst-come, fi rst-served ba sis. When someone stops talki ng, th e first person to press the PTT ke y can ta lk next. Ma ke a o ne-to-on e cal l To s tart a one-to-one c all from t he list of cont acts to which you have added the PTT address, select Contacts list . Scroll to a contact, and press the PTT key. You can also select the contact from Cont acts . To start a one-to-one c all from the lis t of PTT groups, select Group list , and s croll to the desired group. Select Options > A c tive members , s croll to t he desired contact, and pr ess the PTT key. To s tart a one-to -one call from t he list of callback reques ts you have received , sel ect Callback inbox . Scroll to t he desired nic kname, and pres s the PTT key.
101 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Receive a PTT call A short tone notifies you of an inc oming group and one-to-one call. When receiving a group call, the group name and the nic kname of the caller are displaye d. When receiving a one-to-one call f rom a person whose information you have s aved in Contacts , the save d name is displaye d if identif ied; otherwise, only the nickname of the caller is displaye d. You can either accept or reject an incoming one-to-one call if you have set the phone to f irst notify you of the one-t o-one calls. If you pr ess the PTT k ey to tr y to respond t o a group while a nother member is talking, you he ar a queuing tone, and Que uing is displayed as long as you pres s the PTT key. Press and hold the PTT key , and wait for the other person to finish ; then you can ta lk. â Callba ck requ est s If you make a one-t o-one call and do not get a response, you can s end a request for t he person t o call you back. When someone sends you a callback request, Callback request rece ived is displaye d in the st andby mode. W hen you receive a c allback request f rom someone who is not in y our contacts lis t, you can s ave the name to your Contacts .
102 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Send a callback request You can s end a callbac k request in t he following ways : ⢠To s end a callback request from th e contacts lis t in the Push to talk menu, sel ect Contacts list . Scroll to a cont act, and select Options > Se nd callback . ⢠To send a callbac k request from Contacts , searc h for the des ired contact, sele ct Options > Contact details , scroll to the PTT address, and select Options > Send callback . ⢠To s end a callback request from th e group list in t he PTT menu, select Group list , and s croll to the desired gr oup. Select Options > A ctive member s , scroll t o the desired contact, and select Opt ions > Send callback . ⢠To s end a callback request from t he callback request l ist in the Pus h to talk menu, s elect Callback inbox . Scr oll to a contac t, and select Options > Send callback . Respo nd to a callback request 1. To open the Callback inbox , s elect View . The list of nicknames of the persons who have sent you call back requests is shown. 2. To mak e a one-t o-one call, pres s the PTT key. 3. To s end a call reques t back to the se nder, select Options > Se nd callback . To delete the request, select Delet e .
103 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Save the callback request sender 1. To open the Callback inbox , s elect View . The list of nicknames of the persons who have sent you call back requests is shown. 2. To vie w the s ender's PTT address, s elect Options > View PTT address . To s ave a new contact or to add the PTT address to a c ontact, select Options > Save as or Add to contact . â Add a o n e-to -one con tact You can s ave the names of pers ons to whom you oft en make one- to-one calls in the following ways: ⢠To add a PTT address to a name in Con t act s , search for the desire d contact, and sel ect Options > Add detail > PTT address . ⢠To add a contact t o the PTT c ontacts list, select Menu > Push to talk > Contacts list > Opti ons > Add contact . ⢠To add a contact fr om the group lis t, connect to the PTT service, selec t G roup list , and scroll to the des ired group. Select Options > Active members . Scroll to the member whose cont act informat ion you want to save, a nd select Options . To add a new cont act, select Save as . To add a PTT address to a name in Contacts , sele ct Add to contact . â Cre ate a nd set u p gr ou ps When you call a group, all membe rs joined to the group hear t he call simultaneously.
104 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Each membe r in the group is identified by a nickname, which is s hown as a caller identificat ion. Group memb ers can choos e a nickname for themselve s in each group. Groups are registered with a URL addres s. One user registers the group U RL in t he network by joining the group session th e first time. There are three types of PTT groups: ⢠Provi sioned groups are c losed groups that allow only selec ted partic ipants provi sioned by the s ervice pr ovider to join. ⢠Ad hoc gr oups are groups that the user s can c reate. You can creat e your own group, and invite members to t he group. ⢠Ad hoc pr o groups are gr oups you can cr eate from me mbers in a pr ovisioned group. For example, a business can hav e a clos ed group and separate groups created for certain business functions. Add a grou p Select Menu > Push to talk > Add group and from the following options: Guided â to add a new group. To set t he securit y level for t he group, select Public group or Private group . If you select Private group , t he phone automatically creates a scrambled part to the group addr ess that t he members cannot view when they receive the invitation to the group. Only the person who creates the private group can invit e more members t o the group. Enter the name for the group. Select Default , Listened , or In ac ti v e . T he phone indicates that t he group is save d and its stat us. De fault and List ened are active groups. When you press the
105 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. PTT ke y to make a group ca ll, the default group is called i f you have not sc rolled to any ot her group or contact. To s end an invitation to t he group, select Ye s when t he phone requests it. You can s end the invi tation using a text me ssage, Bluetooth technology or IR. The membe rs you invit e to the public groups can also inv ite more members to the group. Manual â to join a n existing group . Enter the group addr ess. Select Default , Listened , or Inactive . The phone indicat es that the group is sav ed and its s tatus. Default and Listened are active groups. When you press the PTT key to make a group call, the default group is called if you hav e not scrolled to any other group or contact. Receive an invitation 1. When you receive a text mess age invitation to a group, Group invitation receive d: is displayed. 2. To vie w the nickname of the per son who sent the invitation and t he group address if the group is not a priva te group, select View . 3. To add the group t o your phone, select Save . To set t he status fo r the group, sel ect Default , List ened , or Inactive . To rejec t the invitation, sel ect Exit > Yes , or select View > Disc ard > Yes .
106 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â PTT s ett in gs There ar e two kinds of PTT se ttings: settings for conne cting to the service and settings for use . You may rec eive the settings for connecting t o the service from your network opera tor or service provider. See âÂÂC onfiguration settings service,â p. 15 . Yo u ca n enter th e settings manual ly. Se e âÂÂC onfiguration,â p. 77 . To s elect the s ettings for connec ting to the service, s elect Menu > Push to talk > Config. settings and from the follow ing options: Configuration â to select a servi ce provide r, Default , or P ersonal config. f or PTT service . Only the c onfigurations that s upport the PTT service are shown. Account â to s elect a PTT service ac count contained in the active configuration settings PTT user name , Default nickname , PTT password , Domain , and Server addres s To edit t he PTT set tings for use, s elect Menu > Push to talk > PTT s etting s . To select the phone to allow t he reception of incoming one-to-one calls, select 1 to 1 calls > On . To make but not receive one-to-one calls, s elect Off . The service provider may offer s ome services t hat overr ide these s ettings. To set the phone t o first notif y you of incoming one-to-one calls with a ringing tone, select Not ify . To activate the listened groups, select Lis tened groups > On . To s et the phone to aut omatically connec t to the PTT service when you swit ch the phone on, s elect PTT status in startup > Ye s . To hide your PTT addres s from group and one-to-one calls , select Send my PTT address > No .
107 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 16. We b You can access various mobile Internet services with your phone browser. Important: Use only services that you trus t and that offer adequate se curity and protection against harmful software. Check th e availability of these s ervices, prici ng, tari ffs, and instruc tions with your service provider. With t he phone browser y ou can view the servic es that use w ireless mar kup language (WML) or extensible hyp ertext markup language ( XHTML) on t he ir pages. Appearance may va ry due to s creen size. You may not be able t o view all details of t he Internet pages . â Set up brow sing You may receive the configuration settings required for browsing as a configuration mes sage fr om the service prov ider that o ffers the servic e that you want to use. See âÂÂConfiguration settings service,â p. 15 . You can als o enter all the configuration s ettings manually. See âÂÂConfiguration, â p. 77 . â Conn ect t o a se rvice First, ve rify that t he correc t configuration settings of the ser vice that you want to use a re activat ed.
108 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 1. To s elect the s ettings for connec ting to the service, s elect Menu > Web > Settings > Configuration settings . 2. Select Configuration . Only the conf igurations that support browsing se rvice are shown. Select a service provider, Default , or P er sonal config. for brow sing. See âÂÂSet up br owsing,â p. 107 . Select Account and a brows ing service account contained in the ac tive configuration settings. Select Display terminal window > Ye s to perf orm manual user aut hentication for intr anet connections. Secondly, make a conne ction to the service in one of t he following ways : â¢S e l e c t Me nu > Web > Home ; or in the standby mode, p ress and hold 0 . ⢠To s elect a bookmar k of the service, s elect Menu > Web > Bookmarks . ⢠To s elect the la st URL, s elect Menu > We b > Last we b address . ⢠To enter the addres s of the service, selec t Menu > Web > Go to address , en ter the address of t he service, and select OK . â Brows e pag es After you ma ke a connect ion to the service, you can start browsing its pages. The function of t he phone ke ys may v ary in differ ent services . Follow th e text guides on the phone display. For more informat ion, contact your service provide r. If packet data is selected as the data bearer, is shown on the top lef t of the display during browsing. If you rec eive a call or a text message, or make a call
109 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. during a packet data connection, is shown on the top right of t he display to indicat e that the pack et data connec tion is suspe nded (on hold). After a call t he phone t ries to reco nnect the pack et data connec tion. Brows e with ph one keys Use t he navigation keys to brows e through the page. To s elect a highlighte d item, pres s the call k ey, or select Select . To enter letters and numbers, press the keys, 0 to 9 . To enter spe cial chara cters, press * . Options wh ile brows ing Nokia. com, H ome , Shortcuts , A dd bookmar k , Bookmar ks , Page options , Histo ry , Downloads , O ther options , Relo ad , and Quit may be available . The service provide r may als o offer other options. A cache is a memory location th at is us ed to store data temporaril y. If you have tried to access or have acces sed confide ntial informatio n requiring passwords, em p ty the cache after each use. The in formation or service s you have access ed is stored i n the cache. To empty the cache , see âÂÂCache memory,â p. 114 . Direct callin g The browse r supports functions th at you can access while b rowsing. You can make a phone c all, send DTMF tones while a voice call is in progress, and save a name and a phone number from a page .
110 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Appear ance set tin gs While browsing, select O ptions > Other options > Appear . settings ; or in the standby mode , select Me nu > Web > Se ttings > Appearance setti ngs and from the following options: Text wrapping > On â t o set the text to continue on the next line on the display. If you select Of f , the text is abbreviated. Font size > Extra small , Small , or Medium â t o se t th e font s ize Show images > No â to hide pictures on the page. This can sp eed up the browsing of pages that contain a lot of pictures . Alerts > Alert for unsecure connection > Ye s â to set the pho ne to aler t when an encrypt ed connection changes to unencrypted during browsing. Alerts > Alert for unsecure items > Yes â to se t th e phone to alert w hen an encrypt ed page contains an unsecure item. These alerts do not guarantee a secure connection. F or more inf ormation, see âÂÂBrowser secu rity , â p. 114 . Character encoding > Content encoding â to s elect the enc oding for the browser page content Character encoding > Unicode (UTF-8) web addresses > On â to se t the p hone to send a URL as a UTF -8 encoding. You may need th is setting when y ou access a Web page c reated in for eign language. Screen size > Full or Small â to set th e screen s ize
111 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Cookie s A cookie is data t hat a site saves in t h e cache memory of your phone. C oo kies are save d until you clear the ca che memory. See âÂÂCache memor y,â p. 114 . While brows ing, select Options > Other opt ions > Securit y > Cookie s ettings ; or in the standby mode, s elect Menu > We b > Set t ings > Security se ttings > Cookies . To allow or prevent t he phone from receiving cookies , select Allo w or Reject . â Scr ipts o ver se cure c onnect ion You can select whether t o allow the running of scripts from a secure page. The phone supports WML s cripts. 1. While browsing, select O ptions > Other options > Sec urity settings > Script settings ; or in the standby mode, select Menu > We b > Settings > Security settings > Scripts ov er secure c onnection . 2. To allow the scripts , select Allo w . â Bookmar ks You can save page addresses as book marks in the phone memory. 1. While browsing, select O ptions > Bookmarks ; or in the s tandby mode, select Menu > Web > Bookmarks . 2. Scrol l to a bookmar k, and select it; or pr ess the ca ll key t o make a c onnection to the page assoc iated with t he bookmark.
112 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 3. Select O ptions to view, edit , delete, or send the book mark; creat e a new bookmar k; or s ave the bookmark to a folder. Your device may have s ome bookmark s loade d for site s not a ffiliated with No kia. Noki a does not warrant or endors e these sites. If you choose to access them, yo u should tak e the same precautions, for security or con tent, as you would with an y Internet site. Receive a bookm ark When you have receiv ed a bookmar k that is sent as a bookmark, 1 bookmark receive d is d isplayed. T o save the book mark, select Show . To dis card the bookmar k directly after you have receiv ed the book mark, select Exit . â Down load f iles To downloa d more tones, images , games, or applications to your phone (network ser vi ce) , se le ct Menu > Web > D ownloads > Tone downloads , Grap hic downloads , Game downloads , Video downloads , T heme downloads , or App. downloads . Important: O nly install and use applicatio ns and ot her software from sources that offer adequate security and protection aga inst harmful software. To save all downloaded files aut omatic ally in t h e appropriate folder in Galler y or in Applications , select Menu > Web > Settings > Downloading settings > Automatic saving > On . â Serv ice in box The phone is able to r eceive s ervice messages (pushed messages) s ent by your service provider (networ k service ). Serv ice mes sages are notifications (for
113 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. example, news headlines ) and they may contain a t ext messa ge or an address of a servi ce. To acc ess th e Service inbox in the s tandby mode, whe n you have r eceived a service message, s elect Sh ow . If you sele ct Exit , t he message is moved to t he Serv ice inbox . To acc ess the Ser vice inbox lat er, se lec t Me nu > Web > Servic e inbox . To a cce ss the Service inbox while browsing, select Opti ons > Other options > Service inbox . Scroll to t he message y ou want, and to acti vate the browser and download t he marked cont ent, select Retrieve . To display detailed inf ormation on the service notific ation or to delete the message, select Opti ons > Details or Delete . Se rv ic e i nb ox set tin g s Select Menu > Web > Se ttings > Servic e inbox settings . To set whet her you want to receive servic e message, select Service messages > On or Of f . To s et the phone to r eceive service messages only from cont ent authors approved by th e servic e provider, s elect Message f ilter > On . T o view t he list of t he approved co nte nt a utho rs, se lect Trusted channels . To s et the phone to aut omatically act ivate the browser from t he standby mode when the phone has received a service message, select Au t omatic connection > On . If you select Off , the phone a ctivates the browser only after you s elect Retrieve when the phone has receiv ed a service mes sage.
114 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Cac he memo ry A cache is a memory location th at is us ed to store data temporaril y. If you have tried to access or have acces sed confide ntial informatio n requiring passwords, em p ty the cache after each use. The in formation or service s you have access ed is stored i n the cache. To empty the cache, while browsing, select Options > Other options > Clear th e cac he ; in the standby mode, s elect Me nu > Web > Cl ear the cache . â P os ition ing in forma tion The network may send you a loc ation request. You can ensure that the net work delivers location information of your phone only if you approve it (network service ). Contact your service provider to subs cribe and to agree upon the deliver y of location information. To ac cept or reject the location request, select Ac cept or Reject . If y ou miss the request, t he phone automatical ly acc epts or rejects it accor ding to what you have agreed with your network operator or service provider. The ph one displays 1 missed position reques t . To view the missed location request, select Show . To vie w the informat ion on the 10 most recent privac y notificat ions and reques ts or to delete them, select Men u > Web > P ositioning > P os ition log > O pen folder or Delete all . â Browse r securi ty Security features may be required for some service s, such as online banki ng or shopping. For such connec tions you need s ecurity ce rtificates and pos sibly a
115 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. security module , which may be available on your SIM car d. For mor e information, contact your service provider. Secur ity module The s ecurity module impro ves security servic es for applicat ions requiring a browser connec tion, and allows you to use a digital signature . The security module may cont ain certifica tes as well as pr ivate and public keys. The certific ates are save d in the secur ity module by t he service provider. Select Menu > Web > Setti ngs > Secur ity se ttings > Se curity module settings and from the f ollowing options: Security module details â to show the security module title, status, manufactu rer, and se rial number Module PIN request â to set the phone to as k for the module PIN when us ing service s provided by t he security module. Ent er the code, and select On . To disable the module PIN request, select Off . Change module PIN â to cha nge the module PIN, if allowed by the s ecurity module. Ent er the c urrent module PIN code, then e nter the new code twice. Change signing PIN â to change t he signing PIN code for the digital signature. Select t he signing PIN you want to chan ge. Enter the current PIN code, then the new code twice. See als o âÂÂAccess codes, â p. 14 .
116 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Certificates Important: Note that even if the us e o f certif icates makes the ris ks involve d in remote connections and software installation cons iderably s maller, they must be used correctly in order to benefit from increased security. The existence of a certif icate doe s not offer a n y protecti on b y itse lf; the certifi ca te manag er must contain correct , authentic, or trus ted certificates for increa s ed security to be available. Certifi cates have a restricted lifetime. If Expired certificate or Certificate not val id yet is s hown even i f the certificate s hould be va lid, check that the cu rrent date and ti me in your device are correct. Before changing any certificat e settings, yo u must make sure that you really trust the owne r of the certi ficate and that the cer tifica te really belon gs to the lis ted owne r. There are three kinds of certificates: server certificat es, authority certific ates, and user ce rtificates. You may receiv e these cer tificates from y our servic e provider. Authority certificates a nd user cer tificates may also be s aved in the s ecurity module by the service provider. To vie w the list of the authority or user c ertificates downloade d into your phone, sel ect Menu > We b > Setti ngs > Securit y settings > Authority ce rtificates or User certificat es . The s ecurity indicator is display ed during a connect ion, if the data transmission between the phone and the content server is encrypted. The security ic on does not indica te that the data t ransmission between the gat eway and the content server (or place where the requested resource is stored) is s ecure. The service provider secu res the data trans missi on between th e gateway and the co n tent serv er.
117 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Digit a l sign ature You can ma ke digital signatures with your phone if your SIM card ha s a security module. Using the digital signature can be the same as signing your name t o a paper bill, contract, or other document. To mak e a digital signature, selec t a link on a pa ge, for example, th e title of t he book you want to buy and its price. The t ext to si gn, which may include the amount and dat e, is shown. Check tha t the he ader text is Read and that the digit al signature icon is show n. If the digital signature ic on does not appear , there is a secur ity breach, and you should not ent er any personal data such as your signing PIN. To s ign the text , read all of the text first, a nd select Sign . The text may not fit within a single screen. Therefore , make sure to scroll through and read all of t he text befor e signing. Select t he user cer tificate you want to use. Enter th e signing PIN (see âÂÂAc ce ss codes,â p. 14 ), and selec t OK . T he digital signat ure icon disappears, and the service may dis play a confir mation of your pur chase.
118 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 17. SIM serv ices Your SIM card may pro vide additional servic es that y ou can access. This menu is shown only if it is s upported by your SIM c ard. The name and contents of the menu depend on the SIM card. For availability and information on using SIM ca rd services, contact your SIM card vend or. This may be the servi ce prov ider, ne two rk op erator, o r othe r vendo r. To set the phone to s how you the conf irmation mes sages sent between y our phone and th e network when y ou are us ing the SIM service s, select Men u > Settings > Phone > Confir m SIM service actions > Ye s . Accessing these servic es may involve sending messages or making a phone call for which y ou may be char ged.
119 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 18. PC connectivity You can s end and receiv e email, and ac cess the Internet when your phone is connected t o a compat ible PC through an infrared or a dat a cable (CA-42) connection. You can use y our phone wit h a variet y of PC connectivity a nd data communications applications. â PC Su ite With PC Suit e you can s ynchronize Contacts , calendar and t o-do notes, and note s between your phone , and the c ompatible PC, or a remote Internet ser ver (network servi ce) . You may find more information about PC suite, for example , downloadable files in the support area on the Nokia Web s ite at < www.nok ia.com/support>. â P a cket da ta, HSC SD, an d CSD With your phone you c an use the pac ket data, high- speed circuit s witched data (HSCSD), and circuit switched data (CSD, GSM data ). For availa bility and su bscription to data services, contact your net work operator or service provider. The us e of HSCSD services consumes the phone bat tery faster than normal v oice or data calls. You may need t o connect the phone to a charger for the duration of data transfer. See âÂÂP acket da ta (EGPRS ),â p. 75 .
120 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Dat a c ommu nicati on app licat ions For information on using a dat a commu nication application, refer to the document ation provided with it. Making or ans wering phone calls during a computer connection is not r ecommended, as it might disrupt t he operation. For better per formance during data calls, place the phone on a stationary sur face with the keypad facing down. Do not move th e phone by holding it in your hand duri ng a dat a call.
121 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 19. Batte ry info rmat ion â Cha rging an d di scha rging Your de vice is powered by a rechargeable battery. The full performance of a new b attery is achieved only afte r two or three complet e charge and disch arge cycles. The ba ttery can be charged and discha rg ed hundred s of time s, but it will even tually w ear out. Whe n the talk and s tand b y times are notic eably sh orter t han n o rma l, repl ace t he ba ttery . Use only N oki a appr ov ed bat ter i es , an d recha rge yo ur bat ter y o nl y wi th Noki a ap prove d c har ge rs designated for this device. If a replacement b attery is being used for the first time or if th e battery has not been used for a prolonged period, it may be nece ssary to connect the charge r and then disconnect and reconnect it to start the charg ing. Unplug the char ger from the elec trical plu g and the device whe n not in use. D o not leave fu lly cha rged batt ery conn ected t o a charg er, since ove rcharg ing m ay sh ort en i ts life tim e. If lef t unuse d, a fu lly c harge d bat tery will los e its char ge ove r time. If the batte ry is complete ly d ischa rged, it may take a few minute s before th e charging indicator appears on the display or before any calls can be made. Use the battery only for its intended purpose. Never use any charger or battery that is dama ged. Do not short-circui t the battery. Acciden tal short-c ircuiting can oc cur when a metalli c object such as a coin, clip , or pen cau ses direct con nection of t h e positive ( ) and neg ative (- ) terminals of the b attery. (Thes e look like meta l s trips on the b a ttery.) This might happen , for example, when you carr y a spare bat tery in yo ur pocket o r purse. Short -circuiting the terminals ma y damage the batt ery o r the conne cting object .
122 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Leaving th e batte ry in hot or cold p laces , such as in a closed car in summ er or winter conditions, w ill reduce the capacity and li fetime of the battery. Always try to keep the battery between 1 5ðC and 25ðC (59ðF and 77ðF). A device wit h a hot or cold batt ery ma y not work temporarily, even when the battery is fully charged. Battery performance is particularly limited in temperatu res we ll below fre ezing. Do not dispo se of batteri es in a fire as th ey may explode. Ba tteries ma y also explode if damaged. Dispos e o f batteries a ccording to lo ca l regula tions. Plea s e recycle whe n possible. Do not dis pos e as ho useh old waste . â Nokia batter y authent i cat ion guideli nes Always use orig inal Nokia b atteries for your safety. To check th at you are gett ing an origin al Nokia battery, purchase it from an autho rized Nokia dealer, look for the Nokia Original Enhancements logo on the packaging an d inspect th e holo gram label us ing the following ste ps: Successful completio n of the four step s is not a tota l assurance of the authenti city of the battery. If you have any reason to belie ve that your bat tery is not an authenti c original Nokia battery, yo u should refra in from using it and tak e it to the neares t a uthor ized Noki a service poi nt or de ale r for as sist an ce. Your auth or ized Nok ia serv ice p oi nt or dea ler wi ll ins pe ct t he battery for authentici ty. If authenticity cannot be verified , return the battery to the place of purcha se.
123 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Authe ntica te ho logram 1. When looki n g at the hologram lab el, you should see th e Nokia conne ctin g hands symb ol from one angl e an d the N okia Origina l Enhancemen ts logo when looking from ano ther angle. 2. When you ang le the ho logram left , righ t, down, a nd up, you sho uld s ee 1, 2, 3, and 4 do ts on eac h side re spec ti vely. 3. Sc rat ch the side o f the label to re veal a 20- digit code, fo r examp le, 12345 6789198765 43210 . Turn th e battery so that the numbe rs are fa cing upwa rds. The 20-d igit co de reads s tarting fro m the n um ber a t the top ro w fo llowe d by th e bot tom ro w.
124 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. 4. C onfirm that the 20-d igit co de i s valid by fo llowin g the instructions at www.nokia.com/ba tterycheck. To create a te xt message, en ter the 20 -digit cod e , for ex ample, 12345 67891 9876543210 , and s end to 44 7786 20027 6 To create a te xt message, ⢠for countries in Asia Pacific, e xcluding India : Enter the 20-dig it code, for exampl e, 12345 6789198765 43210 , and s end to 61 4271 51515. ⢠for Indi a only : Ente r Bat tery followe d by the 20 -di git ba ttery code , for e xamp le, Ba tter y 12345 6789198765 43210 , and s end to 5555. Nat iona l and intern ati onal opera tor cha rge s wi ll app ly. You should receive a message ind icating wheth er the code can be a uthentica ted. What if yo ur battery is not au thentic? If you cannot confirm tha t your Nokia battery with the h ologram on the labe l is an authentic Nokia battery, please do not use th e battery. Ta ke it to the nearest authoriz ed Nokia s ervice point or dealer fo r assista n ce. The u se of a bat tery that is not approved by the manufa cturer may be d ange rous an d m ay res ult in po or perf orm ance a nd damage to your d evice and i ts enhancements . It may also invalidat e any approval or w arranty appl ying to the device. To find out more about or iginal Nokia b atteri es, visit www.nok ia .com/ba ttery.
125 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Care a nd m ainten ance You r devi ce i s a pr odu ct of sup eri or d es ign an d craf tsma nship an d sho uld be tre ated w ith care. The suggestions bel ow will help you protect yo u r warranty coverage. ⢠Kee p the d evice dry. Prec ipitat ion, humidi ty a nd al l types of liqu ids o r moi sture can contain mineral s that will co rrode electron ic circuits. If yo ur device does ge t wet, remove the battery a nd allow the d e vice to dry comp letely bef ore replac ing it. ⢠Do not us e or s tore the device in d usty, d irty are as. Its movi ng par ts an d e lectron ic co mpon ents c an be d ama ged. ⢠Do not s tore the device in h ot a reas. High tem peratures can short en the life of electronic de vices, dama ge b atteri es, and wa rp or melt c ert ain plasti cs. ⢠Do not store the devi ce in cold areas. Whe n the device returns to its normal temperatur e, mo istur e can form i nsid e th e devic e a nd dama ge e lectr onic c ircui t bo ards. ⢠Do not attemp t to open th e device other th an as instructe d in this guid e. ⢠Do not drop, knock, o r shake the device. Ro ugh handling can brea k internal circu it boards and fi ne mec han ics . ⢠Do not use harsh chem icals, cleaning s olven ts, or stron g dete rgents to clea n the dev ice. ⢠Do not pa int t he dev ice. Paint c an cl og t he mov ing p arts an d p revent pro per op erat ion. ⢠Use a soft, cl ean, dry clot h to clean any lense s (such as camera, proximity se nsor, and light s ensor l enses). ⢠Use only th e sup plied or an appro ved repl acem ent an tenn a. U naut horiz ed an tenn as, mo dificat ions , or at tachme nts co uld d amage the devic e and may vi olat e regu lations gov erni ng radio devices . ⢠Use cha rgers indoo rs.
126 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. ⢠Always creat e a backup of data you want to keep (such as conta cts and calendar notes) before sending your devi ce to a service facilit y. All of the abov e suggesti ons apply equal ly to your device, b a ttery, ch arger, or any enhancement. If any device is not working p roperly, t ake it to the nearest a uthorized s ervice facility for service.
127 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Add itiona l safet y inform ation Your d evice and i ts enh ancements ma y conta in small parts . Keep t hem out o f the reach of small childr en. â Operat ing envi ronment Remember to f ollow any spe cial regula tions in fo rce in any area and always sw itch off your device whe n its use is prohibi ted or when it may cau se interf erence o r dang er. Use the d evice only in it s normal opera ting position s. This device meet s RF exposure g uidelin es when u sed either i n the n ormal us e position a gainst the ear or when posit io ne d at le ast 2. 2 centime ters (7/8 inch) away from the b ody. When a carry case, b elt clip or holder is used fo r body-worn oper atio n, it sh ould n ot con ta in me tal an d sh ould po sitio n the de v ice the abo ve-s tate d distanc e from your body.I n order to transmit da ta files or messag es, this de vice requires a good qualit y connection to the network. In some case s, transmis sion of dat a files or messages may b e delayed un til such a connection is availa ble. Ensure th e above s eparat ion distanc e instruct ions are fo llowed until the trans mis sion is complete d . Parts of the device a re magnetic. Metalli c materials may b e attracted to th e device . Do not place cred it cards or o ther magnetic sto rage med ia ne ar the device , becau s e infor matio n st ored o n th em m ay be er ased . â Medical devices Ope ration of a ny ra dio tra nsmi ttin g equipm ent, i nclud ing wi rel ess phon es, m ay int erfe re with the functi o nality o f inadeq uately pr otected med ical device s. Consult a physici a n or the manufacturer of the med ical de vice to determin e if the y are adequ ately shi elded fr om external RF energ y o r if you have any q uestions. Switch off your device in health care
128 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. facilitie s when an y regulatio ns posted in these areas ins truct you to do so. Hos pital s or health care f aciliti es may be using equ ipment th at could be sensitive to external RF energy . Pacemaker s Pacemaker man ufacture rs recommend that a mini mum separatio n of 15.3 centimeters (6 inch es) b e ma intai ned b etw een a w ir eless phone and a pac emak er to a voi d pot ential interferenc e with the pacemake r. These reco mmendati ons are consis tent with th e independen t researc h by and recommen dation s of Wireless Technology Research. Pe rs ons with pacemakers shou ld: ⢠always keep the de vice more than 15 .3 centi meter (6 inche s) from thei r pacemake r when the device is switched o n; ⢠not ca rry th e de vice i n a br east poc ket; and ⢠hold the de vice to the ea r opposite the p acemaker to min imize the po tential for interference. If you have any reason to sus pect that inte rference is tak ing place, switch off your device immediately. Hearing a ids Some digital wireless devices may interfere with so me hearing aids. If interference occurs, consu lt your servi ce provi der. â Vehicl es RF signals may affect impro perly inst a lled or inadequate ly s hie lded electro nic syste ms in motor vehicl es such as el ectronic fu el inje ction systems , electronic an tiskid (anti lock) br aking sys tem s, el ect roni c sp eed c ontr ol s yste ms, a ir bag s yste ms. F or more inf orma tio n, check with the ma n ufactur er or its rep resentati ve of your vehicle or any e q uipment th at has be en adde d.
129 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Only qualif ied perso nnel shoul d service th e device, o r install the d e vice in a vehicle. Fau lty installatio n or servi ce may be dangero us and may in validate any warranty that ma y a pply to the device. Ch eck regula rly that all w ireless de vice equip ment in your vehic le is mounted and op eratin g pr operl y. D o not sto re or c arr y flam ma ble l iqui ds, ga ses, or explos iv e mat erial s in the same compar tment as the device, it s parts, or enhan cements. Fo r vehicles equipped with an air b ag, remember that air bags inflate with great force. Do not place objects, incl udin g inst alle d or port able w ire less equi pment in t he are a ove r th e air b ag or in the air bag deploy ment area. If in-v ehicl e wireless equipmen t is impr operl y installe d and the air b a g inflates, serious injury could result. Using your de vice while flying in aircraft is prohibited. Switch off your device before boarding an aircraft. The use of wireless teledevices in an aircraft may be dangerous to the operatio n of the airc raft, disrupt the w ireless telephone network, and may be illega l. â Potent i all y expl osive envi ronment s Switch off your device when in any area with a pot entially ex p losive a tmosphere and obey all signs and instr uctions. Potenti ally explo s ive atmos p here s include are a s where yo u would normally be advised to turn off your vehicle engin e. Sparks in s uch areas could cause an explosion or fire res ulting in bodily injury or even death. Sw itch off the device at refuelling poi nts such as near gas pu mps at s ervic e st ation s. O bser ve r est ricti ons o n t he us e of ra dio eq uipmen t in fuel depots , sto rage , and dist ributi on ar ea s, chem ical plan ts or where bla sting operatio ns are in pr ogress . Areas wit h a potenti a lly exp losive atmo sphere a re often but not always clea rly marked. They incl ude below deck on boats , chemica l transfer or sto rage fac ilities , vehi cles usi ng liqu efie d petr oleum gas (such a s prop ane o r buta ne), a nd ar eas where the air contains chemicals o r particle s such as gr ain, dust, or metal po wders.
130 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Emergen cy calls Important: Wi rel ess phon es, i ncludi ng th is devi ce, ope rate u sing r adio signa ls, wireles s netwo rks, l andlin e netw orks, and user-p rogra mme d functi ons. B ecause of this, conn ectio ns in all conditio ns cannot be guaranteed. You should neve r rely solely o n any wireles s device for es sential communicatio ns like med ical emerge ncies. To mak e an e mergency call: 1. If the device is not on, switch it on . Check for adequate signal strength . Some network s may require that a valid SI M card is prop erly inserted in the device. 2. Press the end key a s many times as need ed to clea r the display a nd ready the device for calls. 3. Enter the official emerg ency number for your present location. Emergency numb ers vary by lo cati on. 4. Press t h e c all ke y. If certain features are in use, you may first need to turn those fea tures off before you can make an emergency cal l. If the device is in off line or flight mo d e you must chan ge the profil e to activat e the p hone funct io n be fore you can ma ke a n emergency call. Consult this gu ide or your service pro vider for more information. When making an emergency call , give all the necessary i n formation as ac curately as possible. Y our wirel es s device ma y b e the only mea ns of communica tion at the scene of a n acc ident. Do no t end t he ca ll until gi ven pe rmiss ion to do so.
131 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. â Ce rtif icat ion inf orm ati on (SA R) THIS MOBILE DEVICE MEE TS GUIDELINE S FOR EXPOSURE TO RADIO WAVES . Your mobile device is a rad io trans mitter an d receive r. It is desig ned not to exceed the li mits for exposure to ra dio waves recommended by international g uidelines. These guidelines were dev elo ped b y the inde pend ent scien tifi c organ izat io n IC NI RP and i nc lud e safe ty ma rgins desi gned to a ssure the pro tectio n o f all pe rs ons, r egard les s of ag e an d he alth. Th e expo su re gui del ines for mo bile devi ces e mpl oy a unit of m eas ureme nt kn own as t he Specifi c Absorpt ion Rate or SAR. The S AR limit st ated in th e ICNIRP guidel ines is 2 .0 watts/ kil ogram (W /kg) av erag ed ov er 10 gra ms of tissue . Tes ts for SAR are co nduct ed u sing standard o perating po sition s with the de vice transmit ting at its highest cer tified p ower leve l in all t ested fre quency band s. Th e act ual S AR le vel of an o per ating d evi ce can be b elow the maximum value becaus e the device is des igned to use o nly the powe r requi red to rea ch the netw ork . That amo unt cha nges depe nding on a num ber of fact ors such as how close yo u are to a network base statio n. The hig hest SAR value under the ICNIRP gui delines fo r us e of the d evi ce a t th e ea r i s 0 .7 5 W /k g. Use of device acce ssories and en hancement s may result in differe nt SA R values . S AR values may var y depe nding on nat ion al re porting an d test ing re quire ment s and the network band . Ad dition al SAR inform at ion may be prov ided under produ ct info rm ation a t ww w.nokia .com.
132 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. Index A access c odes ......... ..... ........... ...... 14 accessories . See enhancement s. alarm clock ....... ..... ........... ........... 86 antenna ....... ...... .......... ........... ...... 20 applications ...... .......... ...... ........... 95 download .. ..... ........... .... 16 , 96 audio messaging ....... ........... ...... 41 B barring password . ........... ..... ...... 15 battery authe ntic atio n ... ........... .... 122 charge stat us ........... ..... ...... 23 charging ......... ..... ........ 19 , 12 1 discharging ......... ........... .... 121 installati on .... ..... ........... ...... 17 Bluetooth .... ........... ..... ........... ...... 72 settings ........... ........... ..... ...... 73 setup connect ion ......... ...... 73 bookmarks .. ...... .......... ........... .... 111 browser appearance s ettings ........ 110 bookmarks . ........... ........... ... 111 browsing pages ... ..... ......... 108 cache memory ..... ........... ... 114 cookies .. ........... .......... ...... ... 111 digital signature . ........... ... 117 scrip t set ting s . .......... ...... ...111 security module ...... 114 , 116 set u p ..... ..... ........... ........... ... 107 business cards .. ........... ..... ........... 58 C cache me mory ....... .......... ...... ... 114 calculator .......... ...... .......... ........... 91 calendar ... .......... ........... ..... ........... 87 call functions ... ........... ..... ........... 27 settings . ........... .......... ...... ..... 70 waiting ....... ........... ..... ........... 28 call key ..... .......... ...... .......... ........... 21 call register .. ..... ........... ........... ..... 65 callback request .... ..... ........... ... 101 calls answer ........ ........... ..... ........... 28
133 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. call waiting ......... ........... ...... 28 international . ........... ........... 27 make a voic e dialing call .6 3 options during call ...... ...... 28 recent calls list ........ ........... 65 reject .......... ..... ........... ........... 28 speed dialing . ........... ........... 27 camera ......... ...... .......... ........... ...... 82 camera lens ........... ........... ..... ...... 22 care ..... ..... ........... ..... ........... ......... 125 character case ...... ........... ........... 30 charge the batter y ......... ..... ...... 19 circuit swit ched data ..... ..... .... 119 clock settings ... .......... ........... ...... 69 codes acces s ... ........... ..... ........... ...... 14 barring password ......... ...... 15 PIN ... ........... ..... ........... ........... 14 PUK ....... ........... ..... ........... ...... 14 secu rity ........... ..... ........... ...... 14 configuration ... .......... ...... ........... 77 setting service ......... ........... 15 contact information ........... ...... 16 contacts busin ess ca rds .......... ..... ...... 58 copy ........ ..... ........... ........... ..... 57 delete ..... ..... ........... ........... ..... 58 delete contact details .. ..... 58 edit details ...... .......... ........... 58 groups ......... ...... .......... ...... ..... 62 my numbers ......... ........... ..... 64 my presence ......... ..... ........... 59 save an im age ..... ........... ..... 56 save item s . ........... ........... ..... 56 save names .......... ..... ........... 56 save numbers . .......... ........... 56 save phone numbers .... ..... 56 search .... ........... ..... ........... ..... 56 service numbers .. ........... ..... 64 settings . ........... .......... ...... ..... 62 speed dialing .. .......... ...... ..... 64 subscribed names .... ........... 60 voice dialing ........ ........... ..... 62 cookies .......... ........... ..... ........... ... 111 countdown timer ....... ..... ........... 92 counters ... .......... ...... .......... ........... 65 CSD ........... ..... ........... .......... ...... ... 119 customer service ... .......... ........... 16 D data
134 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. communication . ........... .... 119 synchronization . ........... ...... 89 date settings ......... ..... ........... ...... 69 delete e-mail ... ...... .......... ........... ...... 51 messages ........ ........... ..... ...... 52 dial out PTT call ........ ........... ...... 99 digital signature .. ..... ........... .... 117 display settings ......... ...... ........... 68 downloads applications ... ..... 16 , 96 , 11 2 content ...... .......... ........... ...... 16 files .. ..... ........... ........... ..... .... 112 E EGPRS ..... ..... ........... ........... ..... ...... 75 e-mail ..... ........... .......... ...... ........... 48 emergency calls ... ........... ..... .... 130 end call ........ ........... ..... ........... ...... 27 end key ........ ...... .......... ........... ...... 21 enhancements . .......... ...... ........... 12 settings ........... ........... ..... ...... 76 explosive environment s ..... .... 129 F factory settings .... ........... ..... ...... 79 fla sh mes sa ges ..... ..... ........... ...... 40 FM radio .. ..... ........... .......... ...... ..... 83 fo ld ers inbox . .......... ...... .......... .... 39 , 50 my folders . ...... .......... ........... 35 other . ..... ........... .......... ...... ..... 50 outbox ... ........... .......... ...... ..... 39 save d i tems ..... ..... ......... 35 , 39 sent items .. ........... ..... ........... 39 functions call ..... .......... ...... .......... ........... 27 overview .......... ..... ........... ..... 13 G gallery ...... .......... ...... .......... ...... ..... 81 games . ........... ........... ..... ........... ..... 94 group call .......... ...... .......... ......... 100 H handsfree. See loudspeak er. hearing aids . ........... ..... ........... ...128 high-speed circuit switched da ta 119 HSCSD. See high-speed c ircuit switched da ta. I IM. See instant messaging. IMAP4 ...... .......... ...... .......... ........... 48
135 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. indicators .... ...... .......... ........... ...... 25 info messages .. .......... ...... ........... 51 infrared ... ..... ........... ........... ..... ...... 74 infrared port ..... ..... ........... ........... 21 installation battery ....... .......... ...... ........... 17 SIM card .... .......... ...... ........... 17 instant messaging .......... ........... 42 accept invitation .......... ...... 45 availability .......... ...... ........... 46 block ........... .......... ...... ........... 47 con ta cts ..... .......... ...... ........... 47 groups .. ........... ..... ........... ...... 47 participate in a conv ersation 46 read ....... ...... .......... ........... ...... 45 reject invitation . ........... ...... 45 servi ce .. ........... ..... ........... ...... 43 st art se ss ion .. ........... ..... ...... 44 unblock ...... .......... ........... ...... 47 Internet .. ........... .......... ...... ......... 107 IR. See infrared. ......... ........... ...... 21 J Java applications. See applications. K keyguard .. .......... ...... .......... ........... 26 keypad ...... ..... ........... .......... ...... ..... 21 keypad lock .. ........... ..... ........... ..... 26 keys call key .. ........... ..... ........... ..... 21 end key ....... ........... ..... ........... 21 keyguard .......... ..... ........... ..... 26 keypad ... ..... ........... ........... ..... 21 keypad lock .......... ........... ..... 26 navigation key .......... ...... ..... 21 power on/off ........ ..... ........... 21 PTT ke y .. ........... .......... ...... ..... 21 push to talk key ....... ........... 21 selection keys . .......... .... 21 , 22 volume keys ......... ........... ..... 21 L language .. ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... 30 lights ... ........... ........... ..... ........... ..... 76 list of recordings ........ ..... ........... 85 location information ...... ......... 114 log ....... ...... .......... ...... .......... ........... 65 loudspeaker ...... ........... ......... 22 , 28 M main display ..... ...... .......... .... 21 , 23
136 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. main display settings .... ........... 68 maintenance ......... ........... ..... .... 125 maintenance service ........... ...... 16 media ...... ..... ........... ........... ..... ...... 82 medical devices ......... ...... ......... 127 memory full .... ..... ........... ........... ..... ...... 39 memory in use ... ...... ........... 62 menu navigation ...... ..... ........... ...... 32 scrolling ..... .......... ........... ...... 32 message center number .... ...... 33 message settings e-mail ... ...... .......... ........... ...... 54 MMS ........... .......... ........... ...... 53 multimedia mess ages ....... 53 SMS . ........... ..... ........... ........... 52 SMS e-mail .... ........... ........... 52 text mes sages .......... ..... ...... 52 messages audio messaging ..... ..... ...... 41 delete ......... .......... ...... ........... 52 flash messages ........ ........... 40 info messages .......... ..... ...... 51 length indicator ........... ...... 34 message settings ..... ...... ..... 52 service commands ... ........... 52 voice messages ... ..... ........... 51 write SMS ........ .......... ...... ..... 34 write text message . ........... 34 messaging .... ..... ........... ..... ........... 33 microphone .. ........... ..... ........... ..... 21 mini display . ........... .......... ...... ..... 22 settings . ........... .......... ...... ..... 69 MMS. See multimedia messages. modem settings ..... .......... ...... ..... 75 multimedia messages .......... ..... 36 my numbers ...... ........... ..... ........... 64 my presence ................ ..... ........... 59 N names. See contacts. navigation ......... ........... ........... ..... 32 navigation key ....... .......... ...... ..... 21 assign functions to ....... ..... 67 network EGSM .......... ........... ..... ........... 11 GSM ....... ..... ........... ........... ..... 11 name on display ...... ...... ..... 23 servi ce s .. ........... .......... ...... ..... 11 Nokia support .. ........... ..... ........... 16
137 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. note alarm ........ .......... ........... ...... 87 notes .. .......... ...... .......... ...... ........... 88 cal en da r ..... .......... ........... ...... 87 O one-to-one cal l ... ..... ........... ........... ..... .... 100 contact ....... .......... ...... ......... 103 operation position .... ........... ...... 20 operator menu ...... ........... ..... ...... 80 organizer alarm clock .... ..... ........... ...... 86 calculator ....... ........... ........... 91 cal en da r ..... .......... ........... ...... 87 calendar note ........... ........... 87 countdown timer ......... ...... 92 note alarm ..... ........... ..... ...... 87 notes ..... ...... .......... ........... ...... 88 stopwat ch . .......... ........... ...... 92 to-do list ........ ..... ........... ...... 88 P pacemakers ........... ........... ......... 128 packet data ........... ........... .. 75 , 119 parts ........ ........... .......... ...... ........... 21 PC connectivit y .... ..... ........... .... 119 PC Suite .. ..... ........... ........... ..... .... 119 personal shortcuts .......... ........... 67 phone care ........ ..... ........... ........... ... 125 configuration ....... ..... ........... 77 keys ... ..... ........... .......... ...... ..... 21 maintenance ... ..... ........... ... 125 open ....... ..... ........... ........... ..... 17 parts .. ..... ........... .......... ...... ..... 21 personalize ........... ........... ..... 66 settings . ........... .......... ...... ..... 71 phone lock. See key pad lock. phonebook ........ ...... .......... ........... 56 photo .. ...... .......... ...... .......... ........... 82 PIN . ..... ........... ..... ........... ........... ..... 19 PIN codes ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... 14 plug and play service ..... ........... 20 POP3 ... ........... ........... ..... ........... ..... 48 Pop-Port ....... ........... ..... ........... ..... 21 positioning ........ ........... ..... ......... 114 power key ..... ..... ........... .......... ...... ..... 21 saving .... ..... ........... ........... ..... 25 predictive text input . ........... ..... 30 profiles .......... ..... ........... ........... ..... 66 PTT .. ..... ........... ........... ..... ........... ..... 97
138 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. callback request ........... .... 101 dial out ca ll ........ ...... ........... 99 group call .. ..... ........... ..... .... 100 groups .. ........... ..... ........... .... 103 invitation ... .......... ...... ......... 105 key .... ..... ........... ........... ..... ...... 21 one-to-one call . ........... .... 100 one-to-one contact .... .... 103 settings ........... ........... ..... .... 106 PUK codes ... ........... ........... ..... ...... 14 push to talk key ........ ...... ........... 21 Push to talk. See PTT. pushed messages . ........... ......... 112 R radio ........ ..... ........... ........... ..... ...... 83 recent calls list ..... ........... ..... ...... 65 re cor de r ....... ...... .......... ........... ...... 85 repair ser vice ........ ..... ........... ...... 16 ringing tones .... .......... 67 , 81 , 11 2 S safe ty additional information ... 127 emer gency calls . ........... .... 130 explosive envir onments .1 2 9 guidelines .. .......... ........... ...... ... 9 h ear in g aids ......... ........... ... 128 medical devices .. ..... ......... 127 operating environment ... 127 pacemakers .......... ........... ... 128 vehicles . ........... ..... ........... ...128 scre en sa ver . ........... ..... ........... ..... 25 scri pt sett in gs .. ........... ........... ... 111 scripts over secure conne ction ... 111 scroll key. See navigat ion key. sec urit y codes . .......... ........... ..... ........... 14 module ....... ...... ......... 114 , 116 se curi ty se tti ngs .... .......... ...... ..... 78 selection k eys ... ........... ..... .... 21 , 22 servi ce commands ....... .......... ........... 52 inbox . .......... ...... .......... ......... 112 messages ... ........... ..... ......... 112 numbers ........... .......... ...... ..... 64 servi ce s .... ..... ........... .......... ...... ... 107 se ttings Bluetooth ... ........... ........... ..... 73 call settings .... .......... ...... ..... 70 clock .. ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... 69
139 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. configuration ........... .... 20 , 77 connect ivity ... ........... ........... 72 date .. ........... .......... ...... ........... 69 display .. ...... .......... ........... ...... 68 EG PR S ......... .......... ...... ........... 75 enhancements ... ........... ...... 76 infrare d ...... .......... ........... ...... 74 main display .. ........... ..... ...... 68 messages ........ ........... ..... ...... 52 mini display ... ........... ........... 69 modem settings ....... ..... ...... 75 packet data .... ........... ..... ...... 75 personal shortcuts .. ..... ...... 67 phone settings ... ........... ...... 71 profiles ....... ..... ........... ........... 66 restore fact ory settings .... 79 service inbox ...... ........... .... 113 shortcuts ... ..... ........... ........... 67 themes ....... .......... ........... ...... 66 time . ..... ........... ........... ..... ...... 69 tones ........... .......... ...... ........... 67 shared memory ......... ........... ...... 12 shortcuts ..... ...... .......... ........... ...... 67 in standby mode ..... ........... 24 navigation key ......... ..... ...... 24 personal list ......... ..... ........... 24 signal strength . ........... ........... ..... 23 SIM card installation ..... ........... 17 SIM services ........... ..... ........... ... 118 SMS ........... ..... ........... ..... ........... ..... 33 templates ... ........... ........... ..... 35 SMTP password ..... .......... ...... ..... 55 speed dialing .... ........... . 27 , 62 , 64 standby mode .. ........... ........... ..... 22 status indicators ... ..... ........... ..... 23 stopwatch .... ..... ........... ..... ........... 92 str ap .... ...... .......... ........... ..... ........... 20 subscribed names add contacts ........ ........... ..... 60 unsubscribe a contact ...... 61 view contacts . .......... ........... 61 support .......... ..... ........... ........... ..... 16 switch on and off ....... ........... ..... 19 synchronization ..... .......... ........... 89 T take a photo ..... ........... ..... ........... 82 templates .......... ...... .......... ........... 35 te xt character c ase .......... ...... ..... 30 predictive text input .... ..... 30
140 Copyright é 2006 N okia. All rights reserved. settings ........... ........... ..... ...... 30 traditional te xt input .3 0 , 31 writing . ........... ..... ........... ...... 30 te xt mes sa ge ......... ..... ........... ...... 33 templates .. ..... ........... ........... 35 them e s .... ........... ..... ........... ........... 66 time settings .... .......... ...... ........... 69 timers ...... ........... ..... ........... ........... 65 to-do list ........... ..... ........... ........... 88 tones ....... ........... ..... ........... ........... 67 traditional text input ..... ..... ...... 31 U unlock ke ypad .. .......... ........... ...... 26 UPIN ........ ..... ........... ........ 14 , 19 , 79 V vehicle s ... ........... ..... ........... ..... .... 128 vibrating a lert ....... ........... ..... ...... 67 video clip ........... .......... ...... ........... 83 voice commands ....... .......... ........... 63 tags ... .......... ........... ..... ........... 63 voice di aling ..... ........... ........... ..... 63 voice me ssages ........... ..... ........... 51 volume keys ...... ........... ..... ........... 21 W wallpaper .......... ...... .......... ........... 66 We b bookmarks . ........... ........... ... 111 connect ...... ........... ..... ......... 107 wireless markup language .. ... 107 WML ......... .......... ...... .......... ......... 107 wrist st rap .... ........... .......... ...... ..... 20 write t ext ..... ..... ........... ........... ..... 30 writing language ... .......... ........... 30 X XHTML ...... .......... ........... ..... ......... 107